1
Download MELSEC-ST Thermocouple Input Module User`s Manual
Transcript
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MELSEC ST Series Programmable Logic Controllers User's Manual Thermocouple Input Module ST1TD2 Art. no.: 164265 01 03 2005 SH(NA)-080539 Version A MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SAFETY PRECAUTIONS (Read these precautions before using.) When using this product, thoroughly read this manual and the associated manuals introduced in this manual. Also pay careful attention to safety and handle the product properly. The precautions given in this manual are concerned with this product only. Refer to the user's manual of the network system for safety precautions of the network system. In this manual, safety precautions are classified into two categories: "DANGER" and "CAUTION". DANGER Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions, resulting in death or severe injury. ! CAUTION Indicates that incorrect handling may cause hazardous conditions, resulting in minor or moderate injury or property damage. ! Depending on circumstances, failure to observe ! CAUTION level precautions may also lead to serious results. Be sure to observe the instructions of both levels to ensure the safety. Store this manual in a safe place for future reference and also pass it on to the end user. [DESIGN PRECAUTIONS] ! DANGER If a communication error occurs in the network, the error station (MELSEC-ST system) shows the following behavior: All outputs turn OFF. (In the MELSEC-ST system, the output status at the time of error can be set to clear/hold/preset by user parameters of each slice module. As “clear” is set by default, the outputs turn OFF when an error occurs. In the case where the system operates safely with the output set to “hold” or “preset”, change the parameter settings.) Create an interlock circuit on the program so that the system operates safely based on the communication status information. Failure to do so may cause an accident due to faulty output or malfunction. Create an external fail safe circuit that will ensure the MELSEC-ST system operates safely, even when the external power supply or the system fails. Accident may occur due to output error or malfunction. (1) The status of output changes depending on the setting of various functions that control the output. Take sufficient caution when setting for those functions. (2) Normal output may not be obtained due to malfunctions of output elements or the internal circuits. Configure a circuit to monitor signals whose operations may lead to a serious accident. A-1 A-1 [DESIGN PRECAUTIONS] ! CAUTION Make sure to initialize the network system after changing parameters of the MELSEC-ST system or the network system. If unchanged data remain in the network system, this may cause malfunctions. Do not install the control wires or communication cables together with the main circuit or power wires. Keep a distance of 100 mm (3.94 inch) or more between them. Not doing so could result in malfunctions due to noise. [INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS] ! CAUTION Use the MELSEC-ST system in the general environment specified in the MELSEC-ST system users manual. Using this MELSEC-ST system in an environment outside the range of the general specifications could result in electric shock, fire, erroneous operation, and damage to or deterioration of the product. Mount the head module and base module(s) on the DIN rail securely (one by one) referring to the MELSEC-ST system users manual and then fix them with stoppers. Incorrect mounting may result in a fall of the module, short circuits or malfunctions. Secure the module with several stoppers when using it in an environment of frequent vibration. Tighten the screws of the stoppers within the specified torque range. Undertightening can cause a drop, short circuit or malfunction. Overtightening can cause a drop, short circuit or malfunction due to damage to the screw or module. Make sure to externally shut off all phases of the power supply for the whole system before mounting or removing a module. Failure to do so may damage the module. (1) Online replacement of the power distribution module and/or the base module is not available. When replacing either of the modules, shut off all phases of the external power supply. Failure to do so may result in damage to all devices of the MELSEC-ST system. (2) The I/O modules and the intelligent function modules can be replaced online. Since online replacement procedures differ depending on the module type, be sure to make replacement as instructed. For details, refer to the chapter of online module change in this manual. Do not directly touch the module's conductive parts or electronic components. Doing so may cause malfunctions or failure of the module. Make sure to securely connect each cable connector. Failure to do so may cause malfunctions due to poor contact. A-2 A-2 [INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS] ! CAUTION DIN rail must be conductive; make sure to ground it prior to use. Failure to do so may cause electric shocks or malfunctions. Undertightening can cause a short circuit or malfunction. Overtightening can cause a short circuit due to damage to the screw. [WIRING PRECAUTIONS] ! DANGER Completely turn off the external power supply when installing or placing wiring. Not completely turning off all power could result in electric shock or damage to the product. Always place the thermocouple or micro voltage signal cable at least 100mm(3.94inch) away from the main circuit cables and AC control lines. Fully keep it away from high-voltage cables and circuits which include harmonics, such as an inverter's load circuit. Not doing so will make the module more susceptible to noises, surges and inductions. ! CAUTION Make sure to ground the control panel where the MELSEC-ST system is installed in the manner specified for the MELSEC-ST system. Failure to do so may cause electric shocks or malfunctions. Check the rated voltage and the terminal layout and wire the system correctly. Connecting an inappropriate power supply or incorrect wiring could result in fire or damage. Tighten the terminal screws within the specified torque range. If the terminal screws are loose, it could result in short circuits or erroneous operation. Overtightening may cause damages to the screws and/or the module, resulting in short circuits or malfunction. Prevent foreign matter such as chips or wiring debris from entering the module. Failure to do so may cause fires, damage, or erroneous operation. When connecting the communication and power supply cables to the module, always run them in conduits or clamp them. Not doing so can damage the module and cables by pulling a dangling cable accidentally or can cause a malfunction due to a cable connection fault. When disconnecting the communication and power supply cables from the module, do not hold and pull the cable part. Disconnect the cables after loosening the screws in the portions connected to the module. Pulling the cables connected to the module can damage the module and cables or can cause a malfunction due to a cable connection fault. A-3 A-3 [STARTUP AND MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS] ! DANGER Do not touch the terminals while power is on. Doing so could cause shock or erroneous operation. Make sure to shut off all phases of the external power supply for the system before cleaning the module or tightening screws. Not doing so can cause the module to fail or malfunction. ! CAUTION Do not disassemble or modify the modules. Doing so could cause failure, erroneous operation, injury, or fire. Do not drop or give a strong impact to the module since its case is made of resin. Doing so can damage the module. Make sure to shut off all phases of the external power supply for the system before mounting/removing the module onto/from the control panel. Not doing so can cause the module to fail or malfunction. Before handling the module, make sure to touch a grounded metal object to discharge the static electricity from the human body. Failure to do so may cause a failure or malfunctions of the module. When using any radio communication device such as a cellular phone, keep a distance of at least 25cm (9.85 inch) away from the MELSEC-ST system. Not doing so can cause a malfunction. [DISPOSAL PRECAUTIONS] ! CAUTION When disposing of this product, treat it as industrial waste. A-4 A-4 REVISIONS The manual number is given on the bottom left of the back cover. Print Date Mar., 2005 Manual Number SH(NA)-080539ENG-A First edition Revision Japanese Manual Version SH-080538-A This manual confers no industrial property rights or any rights of any other kind, nor does it confer any patent licenses. Mitsubishi Electric Corporation cannot be held responsible for any problems involving industrial property rights which may occur as a result of using the contents noted in this manual. 2004 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION A-5 A-5 INTRODUCTION Thank you for choosing the ST1TD2 type MELSEC-ST thermocouple input module. Before using the module, please read this manual carefully to fully understand the functions and performance of the ST1TD2 type MELSEC-ST thermocouple input module and use it correctly. CONTENTS SAFETY PRECAUTIONS..............................................................................................................................A- 1 REVISIONS ....................................................................................................................................................A- 5 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................................................A- 6 About Manuals ...............................................................................................................................................A- 9 Compliance with the EMC Directive and the Low Voltage Directive............................................................A- 9 How to Read Manual......................................................................................................................................A-10 About the Generic Terms and Abbreviations ................................................................................................A-12 Term definition................................................................................................................................................A-13 1 OVERVIEW 1- 1 to 1- 2 1.1 Features ................................................................................................................................................... 1- 1 2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION 2- 1 to 2- 2 2.1 Overall Configuration ............................................................................................................................... 22.2 Applicable System.................................................................................................................................... 22.2.1 Applicable head module.................................................................................................................... 22.2.2 Applicable base module.................................................................................................................... 22.2.3 Applicable coding element................................................................................................................ 22.2.4 Applicable software package ............................................................................................................ 22.2.5 Applicable GSD file ........................................................................................................................... 22.3 Precautions for System Configuration..................................................................................................... 23 SPECIFICATIONS 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3- 1 to 3-25 3.1 Performance Specifications ..................................................................................................................... 3- 1 3.1.1 Micro voltage I/O conversion characteristic ..................................................................................... 3- 4 3.1.2 Conversion speed ............................................................................................................................. 3- 5 3.1.3 Intelligent function module processing time ..................................................................................... 3- 5 3.2 Function.................................................................................................................................................... 3- 6 3.2.1 Function list........................................................................................................................................ 3- 6 3.2.2 Temperature conversion function ..................................................................................................... 3- 9 3.2.3 Micro voltage conversion function .................................................................................................... 3-10 3.2.4 Temperature/micro voltage conversion system ............................................................................... 3-11 3.2.5 Disconnection detection function...................................................................................................... 3-13 3.2.6 Alarm output function ........................................................................................................................ 3-14 3.2.7 Cold junction temperature compensation setting............................................................................. 3-16 3.2.8 Sensor compensation function ......................................................................................................... 3-17 3.3 I/O Data .................................................................................................................................................... 3-18 3.3.1 Bit input area ..................................................................................................................................... 3-19 3.3.2 Error information area ....................................................................................................................... 3-21 3.3.3 Module status area............................................................................................................................ 3-21 3.3.4 Word input area................................................................................................................................. 3-21 3.3.5 Bit output area ................................................................................................................................... 3-22 A-6 A-6 3.3.6 Error clear area.................................................................................................................................. 3-23 3.3.7 Word output area............................................................................................................................... 3-23 3.4 Memory and Parameters ......................................................................................................................... 3-24 3.4.1 Memory.............................................................................................................................................. 3-24 3.4.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................................................ 3-25 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION 4- 1 to 4-25 4.1 Handling Precautions............................................................................................................................... 4- 1 4.2 Setup and Procedure before Operation .................................................................................................. 4- 2 4.3 Part Names .............................................................................................................................................. 4- 3 4.3.1 Status confirmation by LED .............................................................................................................. 4- 4 4.4 Wiring........................................................................................................................................................ 4- 5 4.4.1 Wiring precautions............................................................................................................................. 4- 5 4.4.2 External wiring ................................................................................................................................... 4- 6 4.5 Offset/gain Setting.................................................................................................................................... 4- 8 4.5.1 Offset/gain settings procedure.......................................................................................................... 4-10 5 GX Configurator-ST 5- 1 to 5-12 5.1 GX Configurator-ST Functions ................................................................................................................ 5- 1 5.2 Project Creation ....................................................................................................................................... 5- 2 5.3 Parameter Setting .................................................................................................................................... 5- 3 5.4 Input/Output Monitor ................................................................................................................................ 5- 7 5.5 Forced Output Test .................................................................................................................................. 5- 8 5.6 Offset/Gain Setting................................................................................................................................... 5-10 6 PROGRAMMING 6- 1 to 6-27 6.1 Programming Procedure.......................................................................................................................... 6- 2 6.2 When QJ71PB92D is Used as Master Station ....................................................................................... 6- 4 6.2.1 Program example available when using auto refresh in QJ71PB92D ............................................ 6-12 6.3 When Using AJ71PB92D/A1SJ71PB92D as Master Station................................................................. 6-18 7 ONLINE MODULE CHANGE 7- 1 to 7-11 7.1 Precautions for Online Module Change .................................................................................................. 77.2 Preparations for Online Module Change................................................................................................. 77.3 Disconnecting/Connecting the External Device for Online Module Change ......................................... 77.4 Online Module Change Procedure.......................................................................................................... 77.4.1 When parameter setting or offset/gain setting is performed using GX Configurator-ST during online module change.................................................................................................................................. 78 COMMAND 1 3 3 4 4 8- 1 to 8-47 8.1 Command List .......................................................................................................................................... 8- 1 8.2 Common Command................................................................................................................................. 8- 3 8.2.1 Operating status read request (Command No.: 0100H)................................................................... 8- 3 8.2.2 Error code read request (Command No.: 0101H) ............................................................................ 8- 5 8.3 ST1TD2 Parameter Setting Read Command ......................................................................................... 8- 7 8.3.1 Conversion enable/disable setting read (Command No.: 1300H).................................................... 8- 7 8.3.2 Conversion completion channel read (Command No.: 1301H) ....................................................... 8- 9 8.3.3 Operation condition set value read (Command No.: 1302H) ........................................................... 8-11 A-7 A-7 8.3.4 CH average time/average number of times set value read (Command No.: 1304H).................. 8-13 8.3.5 CH upper upper/upper lower limit set value read (Command No.: 1308H, 130AH)..................... 8-15 8.3.6 CH lower upper/lower lower limit set value read (Command No.: 1309H, 130BH)...................... 8-17 8.3.7 User parameter set value read (Command No.: 1318H).................................................................. 8-19 8.3.8 Sensor compensation value read (Command No.: 131AH) ............................................................. 8-22 8.4 ST1TD2 Parameter Setting Write Command ......................................................................................... 8-24 8.4.1 Conversion enable/disable setting write (Command No.: 2300H) ................................................... 8-24 8.4.2 Operation condition set value write (Command No.: 2302H)........................................................... 8-26 8.4.3 CH average time/average number of times set value write (Command No.: 2304H) ................. 8-28 8.4.4 CH upper upper/upper lower limit set value write (Command No.: 2308H, 230AH) .................... 8-30 8.4.5 CH lower upper/ lower lower limit set value write (Command No.: 2309H, 230BH) .................... 8-32 8.4.6 Sensor compensation value write (Command No.: 231AH)............................................................. 8-34 8.5 ST1TD2 Control Command ..................................................................................................................... 8-36 8.5.1 Parameter setting ROM read (Command No.: 3300H) .................................................................... 8-36 8.5.2 Parameter setting ROM write (Command No.: 3301H).................................................................... 8-37 8.5.3 Operation mode setting (Command No.: 3302H) ............................................................................. 8-39 8.5.4 Offset channel specification (Command No.: 3303H) ...................................................................... 8-41 8.5.5 Gain channel specification (Command No.: 3304H) ........................................................................ 8-43 8.5.6 User range write (Command No.: 3305H) ........................................................................................ 8-45 8.6 Values Stored into Command Execution Result..................................................................................... 8-46 9 TROUBLESHOOTING 9- 1 to 9- 6 9.1 Error Code List ......................................................................................................................................... 99.2 Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................................... 99.2.1 When the RUN LED is flashing or turned off.................................................................................... 99.2.2 When the RUN LED and the ERR. LED turned on.......................................................................... 99.2.3 When line break down has been detected ....................................................................................... 99.2.4 Measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion cannot be read ........................................ 99.2.5 Measured temperature value is abnormal........................................................................................ 99.2.6 Micro voltage conversion value is abnormal .................................................................................... 9APPENDIX 1 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 App- 1 to App-35 Appendix 1 Accessories.............................................................................................................................App- 1 Appendix 2 Usual Operation Limit and Superheated Operation Limits ...................................................App- 2 Appendix 3 Allowable Temperature Differences.......................................................................................App- 3 Appendix 4 Thermal Electromotive Force Chart.......................................................................................App- 4 Appendix 4.1 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of K ..................................................................App- 5 Appendix 4.2 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of E ..................................................................App- 9 Appendix 4.3 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of J ...................................................................App-12 Appendix 4.4 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of T...................................................................App-16 Appendix 4.5 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of B ..................................................................App-18 Appendix 4.6 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of R ..................................................................App-22 Appendix 4.7 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of S ..................................................................App-26 Appendix 4.8 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of N ..................................................................App-30 Appendix 5 External Dimensions...............................................................................................................App-34 INDEX A-8 Index- 1 to Index- 2 A-8 About Manuals The following manuals are related to this product. Referring to this list, please request the necessary manuals. Relevant Manuals Manual Name MELSEC-ST System User's Manual Explains the system configuration of the MELSEC-ST system and the performance specifications, functions, handling, wiring and troubleshooting of the power distribution modules, base modules and I/O modules. (Sold separately) MELSEC-ST PRFIBUS-DP Head Module User's Manual Explains the system configuration, specifications, functions, handling, wiring and troubleshooting of the ST1H-PB. (Sold separately) GX Configurator-ST Version 1 Operating Manual Explains how to operate GX Configurator-ST, how to set the intelligent function module parameters, and how to monitor the MELSEC-ST system. (Sold separately) Manual Number (Model Code) SH-080456ENG (13JR72) SH-080436ENG (13JR68) SH-080439ENG (13JU47) Compliance with the EMC Directive and the Low Voltage Directive When incorporating the Mitsubishi MELSEC-ST system that is compliant with the EMC directive and the low voltage directive into other machine or equipment and making it comply with the EMC directive and the low voltage directive, refer to "EMC Directive and Low Voltage Directive" of the MELSEC-ST System User's Manual. The CE logo is printed on the rating plate of the EMC Directive and the Low Voltage Directive. By making this product conform to the EMC directive and low voltage instruction, it is not necessary to make those steps individually. A-9 A-9 How to Read Manual This manual explains each area for input data and output data using the following symbols. (1) Data symbol <Example: Cr Command result area> Cr. 0 (7-0) Range In the case of 1-word (16 bit) data, this shows the corresponding range. (0) : Shows 0 bit position (7-0): Shows 0-7 bit range Detail data No. Abbreviated data symbol For details of detail data No. and abbreviated data symbol, refer to (2) and (3) (2) Input data Br Data symbol Br.00 to Br.FF Er Er.00 to Er.FF Error Information Area Mr Mr.0 to Mr.127 Module Status Area Cr Wr 1 Wr.00 to Wr.33 Area Bit Input Area Unit 1 bit/1 symbol Detail data No. notation Hexadecimal 1 bit/1 symbol Hexadecimal Command Result Area Word Input Area 1 bit/1 symbol Decimal 1 word/1 symbol Decimal 1 word/1 symbol Hexadecimal 1: The following shows the data symbols and the corresponding detail areas within the command result area. Data symbol Cr.0 (15-8) Cr.0 Cr.0 (7-0) A - 10 Area Command Execution Area Start Slice No. of Execution Target Cr.1 Executed Command No. Cr.2 Response Data 1 Cr.3 Response Data 2 A - 10 (3) Output data Bw Data symbol Bw.00 to Bw.FF Ew Ew.00 to Ew.FF Sw Sw.0 to Sw.7 Cw Ww 1 Ww.00 to Ww.33 Area Bit Output Area Unit 1 bit/1 symbol Detail data No. notation Hexadecimal Error Clear Area 1 bit/1 symbol Hexadecimal System Area 1 word/1 symbol Decimal Command Execution Area 1 word/1 symbol Decimal Word Output Area 1 word/1 symbol Hexadecimal 1: The following shows the data symbols and the corresponding detail areas within the command execution area. Data symbol Cw.0 A - 11 Area Start Slice No. of Execution Target Cw.1 Command No. to be Executed Cw.2 Argument 1 Cw.3 Argument 2 A - 11 About the Generic Terms and Abbreviations This manual uses the following generic terms and abbreviations to describe the ST1TD2, unless otherwise specified. Description Generic Term/Abbreviation ST1TD2 Abbreviation for ST1TD2 type MELSEC-ST thermocouple input module. Head module ST1H-PB, MELSEC-ST PROFIBUS-DP compatible head module. PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP network. Bus refreshing module Module that distributes the external SYS. power supply and external AUX. power supply among the head module and slice modules. Power feeding module Module that distributes external AUX. power supply among slice modules. Power distribution module Generic term for bus refreshing module and Power feeding module. Base module Module that transfers data/connects between the head module and slice modules, and between slice modules and external devices. Input module Module that handles input data in bit units. Output module Module that handles output data in bit units. Intelligent function module Module that handles input/output data in word units. I/O module Generic term for input module and output module. Slice module Module that can be mounted to the base module: power distribution module, I/O module and intelligent function module. MELSEC-ST system System that consists of head module, slice modules, end plates and end brackets. GX Configurator-ST SWnD5C-STPB-E type products. (n: 1 or later) Configuration software Software used to set slave parameters for head module and slice modules.(e.g., GX Configurator-DP) User parameter Generic term for setting items (Input type setting, Offset/gain value selection, Cold junction temperature compensation setting) set by the configuration software of the master station. Command parameter Generic term for setting items (Conversion enable/disable setting, Sampling process/ averaging process specification, Time/count averaging specification, Average time/average number of times setting, Alarm output setting, Upper upper limit value/Upper lower limit value/Lower upper limit value/Lower lower limit value setting, Sensor compensation value setting) set by commands. They can also be set by GX Configurator-ST. Parameter Generic term for user parameters and command parameters. A - 12 A - 12 Term definition The following explains the meanings and definitions of the terms used in this manual. Term Definition Master station Class 1 master station that communicates I/O data with slave stations. Slave station Device that communicates I/O data with the master station. Repeater Device that connects PROFIBUS-DP segments. Bus terminator Terminator that is connected to both ends of each PROFIBUS-DP segment FDL address Address assigned to the master station or slave station. GSD file The electronic file that includes description of the slave station parameters. The file is used to set parameters at the master station. Data sent from the head module to the master station. The data consists of the following areas. Br Bit Input Area Input data Output data I/O data Br.n bit input Information Area Er Error Information Area Mr Module Status Area Cr Command Result Area Wr Word Input Area Data that the head module receives from the master station. The data consists of the following areas. Bw Bit Output Area Request Area Ew Error Clear Area Sw System Area Cw Command Execution Area Ww Word Output Area Data (input data, output data) transferred between the head module and the master station. Bit input data of each module. Bw.n bit output Bit output data of each module Wr.n word input Word (16-bit) input data of an intelligent function module. In the case of analog input module, a digital output data value is stored. Ww.n word output Word (16-bit) output data of an intelligent function module. In the case of analog output module, a digital setting data value is stored. Information area Bit/Word input data for checking each module status and command execution results. Request area Bit/Word output data for requesting each module to clear errors/to execute commands. The area, that is equivalent to the occupied I/O points, is occupied in Br bit input area/ Bw bit Number of occupied I/O points output area. Slice No. No. assigned to every 2 occupied I/O points of each module. This numbering starts by assigning "0" to the head module and then proceeds in ascending order. (The maximum is 127). The No. is used for specifying the execution target. Command Generic term for requests made by the master station in order to read each module’s operating status and to set and control intelligent function module operation. A - 13 A - 13 1 OVERVIEW MELSEC-ST 1 OVERVIEW 1 This User's Manual provides the specifications, handling instructions, programming methods, etc. for the ST1TD2 type MELSEC-ST thermocouple input module (hereinafter referred to as the ST1TD2). This manual includes descriptions of only the ST1TD2. For information on the MELSEC-ST system, refer to the MELSEC-ST System User's Manual. ST1TD2 is a module converting the external thermocouple input value into measured temperature value of signed 16-bit binary data, and the micro voltage signal into signed 16-bit binary data. PLC CPU Master module Head module STITD2 Automatic refresh/ FROM instruction CH1 Measured tempereture value / Micro voltage conversion value CH2 Measured tempereture value / Micro voltage conversion value Temperature/micro voltage input Word Input Area Channel 1 Thermocouple /micro voltage input Channel 2 Thermocouple /micro voltage input 1.1 Features (1) One ST1TD2 enables 2-channel temperature measurement/micro voltage conversion. By using ST1TD2, the temperature measurement or micro voltage conversion can be performed for 2 channels. (2) Up to 26 modules can be mounted For one head module, up to 26 ST1TD2 modules (52 channels) can be mounted. (3) Using thermocouple complying with IEC/DIN/JIS Eight kinds of thermocouples (K,E,J,T,B,R,S,N) complying with IEC/DIN/JIS can be used. Using configuration software in the master station and/or GX Configurator-ST, you can choose a desirable thermocouple type for each channel. (4) Disconnection detection The disconnection of a thermocouple, compensation lead wire or micro voltage signal cable can be detected on each channel. (5) Selection of sampling/time averaging/count averaging processing As a conversion processing method, you can choose sampling processing, time averaging processing or count averaging processing on each channel. 1-1 1-1 1 OVERVIEW MELSEC-ST (6) Pt1000 temperature-measuring resistor for cold junction temperature compensation Cold junction temperature compensation will be performed automatically since a Pt1000 temperature-measuring resistor is built in the dedicated base module. (7) Pt1000 cold junction temperature compensation enable/disable setting Disabling cold junction temperature compensation with Pt1000 temperaturemeasuring resistor enables cold junction temperature compensation to be made outside the module. If the cold junction temperature compensation accuracy of Pt1000 temperature measuring resistor is not to be ignored as an error, the accuracy can be improved by a high-precision ice bath applied externally. (Ambient air temperature 25±5°C : ±1.5°C, Ambient air temperature 0 to 55°C: ±2.5°C) (8) One-point compensation is available using the sensor compensation function The sensor compensation function allows 1-point compensation for each channel. When an error is identified between the "actual temperature/voltage" and the "measured temperature/voltage", it can be compensated easily by setting the sensor compensation value. (9) Two-point compensation is available using the offset/gain setting The offset/gain setting allows 2-point compensated for each channel. You can choose the user range setting (setup corrected by users) or factory default (default setting) for the offset/gain setting. (10) Alarm output If the temperature detected is outside the preset measurement range, an alarm can be output on each channel. (11) Online module change The module can be changed without the system being stopped. (12) Easy settings using GX Configurator-ST The optional software package (GX Configurator-ST) is available. GX Configurator-ST is not necessarily required for the system. However, we recommend using GX Configurator-ST, as it enables on-screen parameter setting and offset/gain setting, which reduces programming steps and makes the setting/operating status check easier. 1-2 1-2 1 2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION MELSEC-ST 2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION This chapter describes the system configuration for use of the ST1TD2. 2.1 Overall Configuration 2 The overall configuration for use of the ST1TD2 is shown below. <The system using QJ71PB92D> GSD file Class 1 master station (QJ71PB92D) GX Configurator-DP Bus terminator Slave station Slave station ST1TD2 Slave station (MELSEC-ST system) GX Configurator-ST ST1PSD ST1H-PB RUN ERR SYS ST1PDD RUN 11 ERR 21 RUN 11 ERR 21 RUN 11 ERR 21 RUN 31 41 51 61 71 81 91 101 111 121 131 141 151 AUX. ERR RUN ERR RUN ERR 161 AUX RELEASE RESET PROFIBUS I/F Thermocouple, etc. Slave station Slave station (MELSEC-ST system) ST1PSD ST1H-PB RUN SYS AUX. ERR ST1PDD RUN 11 ERR 21 RUN 11 ERR RUN ERR RUN ERR RUN ERR 21 AUX RELEASE RESET PROFIBUS I/F Bus terminator Slave station 2-1 2-1 2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION MELSEC-ST 2.2 Applicable System This section explains the applicable system. 2.2.1 Applicable head module 2 The head module applicable to the ST1TD2 is indicated below. Product name Model name MELSECT-ST PROFIBUS-DP Head Module ST1H-PB 2.2.2 Applicable base module The base modules applicable to the ST1TD2 are indicated below. Type Model name Spring Clamp Type ST1B-S4TD2 Screw Clamp Type ST1B-E4TD2 2.2.3 Applicable coding element The coding elements applicable to the ST1TD2 are indicated below. The coding element is fitted before shipment. It is also available separately in case it is lost. Description Model name ST1TD2 coding element ST1A-CKY-16 2.2.4 Applicable software package The software package applicable to the ST1TD2 is indicated below. Model name Product name Compatible software version SW1D5C-STPB-E GX Configurator-ST Version 1.02C or later 2.2.5 Applicable GSD file The GSD file applicable to the ST1TD2 is indicated below. Description Compatible version* GSD file applicable to ST1TD2 rel. 1.01 * The GSD file name and version are displayed in the GSD file registration list of the configuration software on the master station. Check that the version is rel. 1.01 or later. 2.3 Precautions for System Configuration For precautions for ST1TD2 system configuration, refer to Section 3.4 "Precautions for System Configuration" in MELSEC-ST system user's manual. 2-2 2-2 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3 SPECIFICATIONS This chapter provides the specifications of the ST1TD2. For the general specifications of the ST1TD2, refer to the MELSEC-ST System User's Manual. 3.1 Performance Specifications This section indicates the performance specifications of the ST1TD2. (1) Performance specifications list 3 Item Specifications Number of analog input points Output Temperature conversion value 2 channels / 1 module 16-bit signed binary (-2700 to 18200: Value to the first decimal place Micro voltage conversion value 10 times) 16-bit signed binary (-20000 to 20000) Standard with which thermocouple conforms IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Usable thermocouples and measured temperature range accuracies Refer to Section 3.1 (2) Cold junction temperature compensation accuracy Ambient air temperature 25 5 Micro voltage input accuracy Resolution Thermocouple input Wire break detection Ambient air temperature 25 5 K,T:0.3 : J:0.1 R,S:0.8 : 0.32mV N:0.4 4 V 4V ROM write count by user range write or parameter setting: Up to 10,000 times 4 points for each of input and output Number of occupied slices 2 Input data Br.n : Number of occupancy 4, Er.n : Number of occupancy 4, Mr.n : Number of occupancy 2, Wr.n : Number of occupancy 2 Output data Bw.n : Number of occupancy 4, Ew.n : Number of occupancy 4, Ww.n : Number of occupancy 2 Isolation Applicable base module Applicable coding element External AUX. power supply 5V DC internal current consumption 3-1 B:0.7 Cold junction temperature compensation setting: Not set: 30ms/channel, Set: 60ms/channel Yes (Channel independent) 2 Number of occupied I/O points Information amount 2.5 1 0.16mV Ambient air temperature 0 to 55 E:0.2 Absolute maximum input ROM write count : -80mV to 80mV (input resistance 1MΩ or more) Micro voltage input Conversion speed Ambient air temperature 0 to 55 Based on calculation expression marked Thermocouple input accuracy Micro voltage input range : 1.5 Specific isolated area Isolation method Dielectric withstand Between thermocouple input/micro voltage input channels and internal bus Photo coupler insulation 560V AC rms/3 cycles (elevation 2000m) Between thermocouple input/micro voltage input channels No insulation — Spring clamp type: ST1B-S4TD2 Insulation resistance 500V DC 10M more — Screw clamp type: ST1B-E4TD2 ST1A-CKY-16(dusty gray) 24V DC (+20/-15%, ripple ratio within 5%) 24V DC current: 0.030A 0.080 A 3-1 or 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST Item External dimensions Weight Specifications 77.6 (3.06in.) (H) 12.6 (0.50in.) (w) 55.4 (2.18in.) (D) [mm] 0.04 kg 1: Calculate the accuracy in the following method. (Accuracy) = (conversion accuracy) + (temperature characteristic) (operating ambient temperature variation) + (cold junction temperature compensation accuracy) An operating ambient temperature variation indicates a value of deviation from the operating ambient temperature range of 25 5 . Example: When the thermocouple used is B (Refer to Section 3.1 (2), the operating ambient temperature is 35 , the measured temperature is 1000 , and the cold junction temperature compensation setting is set, the accuracy is: ( 3.5 ) + ( 0.35 ) (35 30 ) + ( 2.5 ) = 7.75 2: At wire break detection, the measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value right before wire break occurrence is held. - 3 3-2 3-2 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST (2) Usable Thermocouples and Measured Temperature Range Accuracies The usable thermocouples and measured temperature range accuracies will be explained. Usable Conversion Accuracy Measured Thermocouple (At operating ambient temperature 1 Temperature Range Type 25 5 ) K E J T -270 to -200 3 -200 to 1200 2 1200 to 1372 3 -270 to -200 3 -200 to 900 2 900 to 1000 3 -210 to -40 3 -40 to 750 2 B -270 to -200 3 -200 to 350 2 R N 4.5 0.14 5.5 0.35 12.25 0.35 12.75 0.35 12.75 0.2 7.5 ——— ——— 1700 to 1820 3 3.5 ——— 3 ——— 2 4.0 3 ——— 3 ——— 2 0 to 1600 0.14 ——— 2.0 2 1600 to 1768 S 5.5 ——— 600 to 1700 -50 to 0 0.16 ——— 3 0 to 1600 7.0 ——— 1.5 3 -50 to 0 0.2 ——— ——— 3 0 to 600 Max. Temperature Error at Ambient 4 Temperature 55 ——— 2.0 1.0 750 to 1200 350 to 400 Temperature Characteristic (Per operating ambient temperature variation of 1 ) 4.0 1600 to 1768 3 ——— -270 to -200 3 ——— -200 to 1250 2 1250 to 1300 3 2.5 ——— 1: If a value entered from the thermocouple is outside the measured temperature range given in the table, it is handled as the maximum/minimum value of the measured temperature range. 2: The accuracies in the shaded temperature ranges only are applied. 3: Temperature measurement can be made, but accuracy is not guaranteed. 4: It is the maximum temperature error in the case where the cold junction temperature compensation setting is set to "No". If it is set to "Yes" for thermocouple K, for example, the maximum temperature error at the ambient temperature of 55 is 9.5 . (3) Micro voltage input range and accuracies The micro voltage input range and accuracies will be explained. Input Type Measurable Voltage Range Micro voltage input -80 to 80mV 3-3 (At 25 5 Conversion Accuracy operating ambient temperature) (At 0 to 55 0.16mV operating ambient temperature) 0.32mV 3-3 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.1.1 Micro voltage I/O conversion characteristic The factory-set micro voltage I/O conversion characteristic is shown below. Analog input practical range 21000 Micro voltage conversion value 20000 0 -20000 -21000 -80 0 80 Micro voltage input value (mV) POINT (1) Use the module within the micro voltage input range and micro voltage conversion value. Outside those ranges, the maximum resolution and accuracy may not fall within the ranges of the performance specifications. (Avoid using the dotted line areas in the chart.) (2) Do not input 4V or more. Doing so may damage the elements. (3) When a voltage exceeding the micro voltage conversion value range (-20000 to 20000) is input, the measured micro voltage value is fixed to the maximum (21000) or the minimum (-21000). 3-4 3-4 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.1.2 Conversion speed The conversion speed of the ST1TD2 changes depending on the input type setting (user parameter) or the cold junction compensation setting (user parameter). [Thermocouple input and cold junction temperature compensation set to "No", or micro voltage input] (Conversion speed) = 30ms/1channel [Thermocouple input and cold junction temperature compensation set to "Yes"] (Conversion speed) = 60ms/1channel 3.1.3 Intelligent function module processing time The ST1TD2 intelligent function module processing time is (CH1 conversion speed) + (CH2 conversion speed). For the input transmission delay time, refer to the used head module user's manual. 3-5 3-5 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.2 Function This section explains the functions of ST1TD2. 3.2.1 Function list Table 3.1 lists the functions of ST1TD2. Table 3.1 ST1TD2 Function List (1/3) Item Description Temperature conversion function (1) The "thermal EMF value" input from the thermocouple is converted into a "temperature value" to detect a temperature. (2) Temperature data are 16-bit signed binary (-2700 to 18200) and stored into Wr Micro voltage conversion function (1) This function converts a micro voltage within -80mV to 80mV into a 16-bit signed binary (-20000 to 20000) and stores it into the Wr word input area. Reference section Section 3.2.2 word input area. (1) This function specifies whether temperature/micro voltage conversion is enabled or disabled on each channel. (2) Processing time can be reduced by setting the temperature or micro voltage conversion function to be enabled or disabled. • Reduced time with cold junction temperature compensation: 60ms Conversion enable/disable • Reduced time without cold junction temperature compensation: 30ms function In addition, it prevents unnecessary disconnection detection of unused channels. (3) By default, the conversion for all channel is enabled. [Setting method] • Conversion enable/disable setting write (Command number: 2300H, see Section 8.4.1) Section 3.2.3 —— • GX Configurator-ST (see Section 5.3) (1) Sampling process A temperature/micro voltage input value is converted one by one on each channel and a measured temperature value/micro voltage value is stored after every conversion. (2) Averaging process A temperature input value/micro voltage conversion value is averaged in terms of count or time on each channel and a digital average value is stored. (3) Setting for averaging process specification, time/count averaging specification, average time/average number of times can be done on each channel. (4) Sampling process/averaging process specification defaults to sampling process Temperature/micro voltage performed on all channels. conversion system (5) Time averaging defaults to 480ms, and number of times averaging defaults to 480 times. [Sampling process/averaging process specification, time/count averaging specification method] • Operation condition specification value write (Command number: 2302H, see Section 8.4.2) • GX Configurator-ST (see Section 5.3) [Average time/average number of times setting method] • CH average time/average number of times setting write (Command number: 2304H, see Section 8.4.3) Section 3.2.4 • GX Configurator-ST (see Section 5.3) Disconnection detection function 3-6 (1) This function detects the disconnection of the connected thermocouple/micro voltage signal cable on each channel. (2) Disconnection detection is made on only the channels set for conversion enabled. Section 3.2.5 3-6 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST Table 3.1 ST1TD2 Function List (2/3) Item Description Reference section (1) This function sets the input type per channel. (2) The input type is selectable from the following. Input type Thermocouple K (default) Input type selection function Measured range -270 to 1372 Thermocouple E -270 to 1000 Thermocouple J -210 to 1200 Thermocouple T -270 to 400 Thermocouple B 0 to 1820 Thermocouple R -50 to 1768 Thermocouple S -50 to 1768 Thermocouple N -270 to 1300 Micro voltage input —— -80 to 80mV [Setting method] • Master station configuration software • GX Configurator-ST (see Section 5.3) (1) This function outputs an alarm when the temperature/micro voltage exceeds the range specified by the user. Setting can be done on each channel. (2) Alarm output setting default is set to No alarm output processing for all channels. (3) Set the 4 alarm output values: upper upper limit value, upper lower limit value, lower upper limit value and lower lower limit value. The upper upper limit value, upper lower limit value, lower upper limit value and lower lower limit value is set to 0 as defaults. [Alarm output setting method] • Operation condition specification value write (Command number: 2302H, see Alarm output function Section 8.4.2) • GX Configurator-ST (see Section 5.3) [Upper upper limit value, upper lower limit value, lower upper limit value and lower lower limit value setting method] • CH upper upper limit value/upper lower limit value setting write (Command number: 2308H, 230AH, see Section 8.4.4) • CH lower upper limit value/lower lower limit value setting write (Command number: 2309H, 230BH, see Section 8.4.5) • GX Configurator- ST (see Section 5.3) (1) This is a function to set yes/no cold junction temperature compensation by Pt1000 built in the base module for ST1TD2. Setting can be done on each channel. This function is effective for high-precision temperature measurement, such as the case where an error in Pt1000 cold junction temperature compensation accuracy (Ambient air temperature 25±5°C : ±1.5°C, Ambient air temperature 0 to 55°C: ±2.5°C) can not be ignored. Pt1000 cold junction The cold junction temperature compensation accuracy can be improved by temperature compensation disabling the cold junction temperature compensation of the Pt1000 and providing a setting function precision ice bath externally. (2) Default is set to cold junction temperature compensation - yes. (3) Cold junction temperature compensation setting will be invalid in the mode of micro voltage input. Section 3.2.6 Section 3.2.7 [Setting method] • Master station configuration software • GX Configurator-ST (see Section 5.3) 3-7 3-7 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST Table 3.1 ST1TD2 Function List (3/3) Item Description (1) By using commands, command parameters can be set, and the parameter settings Command can be written from RAM to ROM and read from ROM to RAM. (1) The ST1TD2 can compensate the error between the "actual temperature/voltage" and the "measured temperature/voltage", which occurs due to various thermocouple accuracies, compensating lead length, installation condition, etc. To compensate the error, the 1-point compensation using the sensor compensation function and the 2-point compensation using the offset/gain setting can be used. 1) Sensor compensation function When the measurement range is less than 100°C or 100 digits, use the sensor compensation function. Compensation of measured The compensation value can be easily obtained in 1-point temperature/voltage temperature/micro voltage measurement only. value 2) Offset/gain setting function When the measurement range is not less than 100°C or 100 digits, use the offset/gain setting function. A wide-range compensation is available. (2) For the sensor compensation or the offset/gain setting, prepare a thermometer to measure the temperature of the object. Compensation is performed based on the difference between the temperature measured by the thermometer and the one measured by the ST1TD2. (1) The measured temperature value or micro voltage conversion value is compensated based on the set sensor compensation value. Sensor compensation The compensation is available for each channel. [Sensor compensation method] function • Sensor compensation value write (Command number : 231AH, see Section 8.4.6) • GX Configurator-ST (1) Linear compensation is available by individually compensating any given 2 points (offset/gain value) within the effective range. The offset/gain setting can be made for each channel. (2) To use the user range setting, it needs to be set in the offset/gain value selection (user parameter) in advance. The offset/gain value selection can be made for each channel. Offset/gain setting Default is set to "factory default". function [Offset/gain setting method] • Master station program • GX Configurator-ST [Offset/gain value selection method] • Master station configuration software • GX Configurator-ST (see Section 5.3) (1) A module change is made without the system being stopped. [Execution procedure] Online module change • Button operation on the head module • GX Configurator-ST 3-8 Reference section Chapter 8 —— Section 3.2.8 Section 4.5 Chapter 7 3-8 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.2.2 Temperature conversion function (1) The "thermal EMF value" input from the thermocouple is converted into a "temperature value" to detect a temperature. (2) The value of the measured temperature to the first decimal place is multiplied by 10 and the result is stored into Wr.n , Wr.n+1 CH measured temperature value/micro voltage value in 16-bit signed binary. (The second decimal place and on are rounded down.) (3) A negative measured temperature value is displayed as two's complement. (4) At power-on or reset, all channels are set to 0. [Example 1] At the measured temperature value of 123.45 ..... 1234 is stored. b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 [Example 2] At the measured temperature value of -123.45 ..... -1234 is stored. b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 (5) Processing time can be reduced by setting unused channels to be conversion-disabled. • Reduced time with cold junction temperature compensation: 60ms • Reduced time without cold junction temperature compensation: 30ms In addition, it prevents unnecessary disconnection of unused channels. (6) Acceptable input temperature range varies with each thermocouple. If any temperature outside of range is input, the measured temperature value will be fixed to the maximum or minimum of the selected thermocouple. Operating range of temperature input 13720(Max.) Measured temperature value 12000 0 -2000 -2700(Min.) -270 -200 0 Input temperature[ 1200 1372 ] Figure 3.1 Conversion characteristic for thermocouple K 3-9 3-9 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.2.3 Micro voltage conversion function (1) A micro voltage of -80 to 80mV is converted into a 16-bit binary value of -20000 to 20000, then stored in Wr.n , Wr. n+1 CH measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value. (2) A negative micro voltage conversion value is displayed as two's complement. (3) At power-on or reset, all channels are set to 0. [Example 1] At the micro voltage input value of 51.300mV ..... 12825 is stored. b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 [Example 2] At the micro voltage input value of -51.300mV ..... -12825 is stored. b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 (4) By setting unused channels to be conversion-disabled, the time of 30ms can be reduced. (5) If any voltage outside of range is input, the micro voltage conversion value will be fixed to the maximum (21000) or minimum (-21000). Analog input practical range Micro voltage conversion value 21000 (MAX.) 20000 0 -20000 -21000 (Min.) -80 0 80 Micro voltage input value (mV) Figure 3.2 Micro voltage I/O conversion characteristic 3 - 10 3 - 10 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.2.4 Temperature/micro voltage conversion system Temperature/micro voltage conversion can either be made by sampling processing or averaging processing. Table 3.2 shows the processing times in combinations of the conversion enable/disable setting (command parameter), the input type setting (user parameter) and the cold junction temperature compensation setting (user parameter). Table 3.2 CH processing time Conversion enable/ disable setting Input type setting Cold junction temperature compensation setting Enable Thermocouple K, E, J, T, B, R, S, N Micro voltage input Yes No -* Disable Thermocouple K, E, J, T, B, R, S, N Micro voltage input Yes No -* Processing time/ 1 channel 60ms 30ms 0ms * Cold junction temperature compensation setting will be invalid during entry of micro voltage. (1) Sampling process Temperature or micro voltage input values are converted one by one, and the measured temperature value or micro voltage conversion value is stored into Wr.n , Wr. n+1 CH measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value each time. (Sampling process) = (CH1 processing time*) + (CH2 processing time*) * The processing time varies depending on the conversion enable/disable setting (command parameter), the input type setting (user parameter) and the cold junction temperature compensation setting (user parameter). (See Table 3.2.) [Example] In the following case, the sampling process time is 90ms. Channel 1 setting Conversion enable/disable setting : Enable Input type setting : Thermocouple K Cold junction temperature compensation setting : Yes Channel 2 setting Conversion enable/disable setting : Enable Input type setting : Micro voltage input Cold junction temperature compensation setting : 60ms+30ms=90ms 3 - 11 3 - 11 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST (2) Averaging process The conversion is performed for the specified channel as many times as the setting or for the set time. Then the sum of the values other than the maximum and minimum ones is averaged and the results is stored in Wr.n , Wr. n+1 CH measured temperature value /micro voltage conversion value. The applicable setting ranges for the time and number of times are given below. When the setting is outside the applicable range, the ERR. LED turns on and the conversion of the corresponding channel stops. • Averaging processing by time: 480 to 5000ms • Averaging processing by the number of times: 4 to 500 (a) When averaging process by time is set The formula calculating the average number of conversions within the set time is shown below. (Number of average number of conversion) = (Set time) (CH1 processing time*) + (CH2 processing time*) * The processing time varies depending on the conversion enable/disable setting (command parameter), the input type setting (user parameter) and the cold junction temperature compensation setting (user parameter). (See Table 3.2.) [Example] In the following setting, the average number of conversions is 13. Averaging time setting: 810ms Channel 1 setting Conversion enable/disable setting : Enable Input type setting : Thermocouple K Cold junction temperature compensation setting : No Channel 2 setting Conversion enable/disable setting : Enable Input type setting : Micro voltage input Cold junction temperature compensation setting : 810ms/(30ms+30ms)=13.5(Round down the number) (b) When averaging process by number of times The formula expressing the relation of the set number of times and the average processing time is shown below. (Average processing time) = (Set number of times) x (CH1 processing time* + CH2 processing time*) * The processing time varies depending on the conversion enable/disable setting (command parameter), the input type setting (user parameter) and the cold junction temperature compensation setting (user parameter). (See Table 3.2.) [Example] In the following setting, the average processing time is 30000ms. Average number of times set: 500 Channel 1 setting Conversion enable/disable setting : Enable Input type setting : Thermocouple K Cold junction temperature compensation setting : No Channel 2 setting Conversion enable/disable setting : Enable Input type setting : Micro voltage input Cold junction temperature compensation setting : 500 x (30ms+30ms) = 30000ms 3 - 12 3 - 12 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.2.5 Disconnection detection function (1) If disconnection of a thermocouple, compensation lead wire, or the micro voltage signal line is detected, the ERR.LED will light up, and a system error will be stored in Er. n+3 to Er. n CH error information. (Refer to section 3.3.2) (2) Disconnection is detected on only the channels set for conversion enabled. (3) Disconnection is detected on each channel. (4) If disconnection is detected, the measured temperature value or micro voltage conversion value right before the detection will be held. (5) The relationships between disconnection detection and conversion enable/disable setting are indicated below. Conversion Enable/Disable Setting Connection Status + Disconnection Detection Flag Enable OFF No disconnection - + Disconnected + No connection Disable Enable ON Disable OFF Enable ON Disable OFF POINT • Any channel where no thermocouple, compensation lead wire or micro voltage signal line is connected must be set to "conversion disable". If unconnected channel is set as conversion-enabled, disconnection is detected. • If disconnection is detected, measured temperature value and micro voltage conversion value immediately before detection is kept, then Br.n+2 conversion completion flag turns off (0). If connection is restored after disconnection is detected, updating of measured temperature value and micro voltage conversion value re-starts, then Br.n+2 conversion completion flag turns on (1). • If a value greater than 80mV is entered, wire disconnection may be detected. Use the module within the allowable range of each input type. • Use the module within the allowable input range of each input type. If an analog value exceeding the input range is entered, wire disconnection will be detected. • Refer to Section 4.4 for the wiring of the thermocouple, compensation lead wire or micro voltage signal cable. • Refer to Section 9.2.3 for the troubleshooting of disconnection detection. 3 - 13 3 - 13 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.2.6 Alarm output function (1) If a detected measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value rises to or above the upper upper limit value or falls to or below the lower lower limit value and enters the alarm output range, Br.n+1 alarm output signal turns on (1) and the alarm information is stored into Er.n+3 to Er.n CH error information. (Refer to Section 3.3.2) (2) When the measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value falls below the upper lower limit value or rises above the lower upper limit value and returns to within the setting range after the alarm output, Er.n+3 to Er.n CH error information of the corresponding channel is automatically cleared. Br.n+1 alarm output signal turns off (0) only when values detected on all channels return to within the setting range. (3) Alarm output processing can be specified for each channel. The default is set to No alarm output processing performed on all channels. (4) Set the 4 alarm output values: upper upper limit value, upper lower limit value, lower upper limit value and lower lower limit value. If a channel setting does not meet the condition shown in (a) and (b), it is considered as an error and the ERR.LED will light up. (a) Setting range on each input type is shown below. Setting of thermocouple input is performed in 0.1 unit. [Example] To set to 0.3 ..... Enter "3". Input type Setting range (Accuracy guarantee range) Thermocouple K -2700 to 13720 (-2000 to 12000) Thermocouple E -2700 to 10000 (-2000 to 9000) Thermocouple J -2100 to 12000 (-400 to 7500) Thermocouple T -2700 to 4000 (-2000 to 3500) Thermocouple B 0 to 18200 (6000 to 17000) Thermocouple R -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) Thermocouple S -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) Thermocouple N -2700 to 13000 (-2000 to 12500) Micro voltage input -21000 to 21000 (-20000 to 20000) (b) The following is a conditional expression of the setting value. Lower lower limit value ≤ lower upper limit value ≤ upper lower limit value ≤ upper upper limit value 3 - 14 3 - 14 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST (5) An alarm is output for only the channel for which conversion is enabled. Measured temperature value /micro voltage conversion value Upper upper limit value Alarm output range zone Outside alarm output range zone Included Alarm occurrence Alarm occurrence Upper lower limit value CH1 measured temperature value /micro voltage conversion value Lower upper limit value CH2 measured temperature value /micro voltage conversion value Lower lower limit value Alarm cancel Alarm cancel Alarm cancel Alarm occurrence Time Er.n+1 , Er.n CH1 error information Alarm occurrence (01) 00 Er.n+3 , Er.n+2 CH2 error information 00 00 Alarm occurrence (01) Alarm occurrence (01) 00 00 ON(1) Br.n+3 Alarm output signal 3 - 15 OFF(0) 3 - 15 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.2.7 Cold junction temperature compensation setting ST1TD2 can perform the following two kind of cold junction temperature compensation by selecting Yes/No of cold junction temperature compensation with Pt1000 temperature-measuring resistor using configuration software at the master station. (1) Using Pt1000 temperature-measuring resistor to perform cold junction temperature compensation (cold junction temperature compensation set to "Yes") Cold junction temperature compensation is performed automatically by a Pt1000 temperature-measuring resistor built in a base module for ST1TD2. ST1TD2 ERR. RUN Object whose temperature is to be measured CH. 1 2 11 21 + - 1C 1C + - 14 24 Compensation lead wire (copper) 11 21 12 22 13 23 14 24 Thermocouple (2) Performing cold junction temperature compensation externally (cold junction temperature compensation set to "No") Use this function for high-precision temperature measurement, such as the case where an error in cold junction temperature compensation accuracy (Ambient air temperature 25± 5 : ±1.5 , Ambient air temperature 0 to 55 : ±2.5 ) by Pt1000 temperature-measuring resistor built in a base module for ST1TD2 can not be ignored. By providing a precision ice bath externally, the thermoelectromotive force generated at the tip of the thermocouple can be led to this module without any change, improving the cold junction temperature compensation accuracy. Object whose temperature is to be measured Copper Compensation lead wire (copper) Thermocouple Ice bath POINT The ice bath is designed to connect the thermocouple and a lead wire in the pot whose internal temperature is controlled to be 0°C. Hence, the thermoelectromotive force at the contact portion of the thermocouple and lead wire will be 0mV, preventing the generation of extra thermoelectromotive force which can cause errors. 3 - 16 3 - 16 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.2.8 Sensor compensation function (1) Various thermocouple accuracies, compensating lead length, installation condition, etc. can result in an error between the "actual temperature/voltage" and the "measured temperature/voltage". The sensor compensation function corrects the error. The measured temperature value or micro voltage conversion value is compensated based on the set sensor compensation value. The compensation is available for each channel. (2) The setting range is -500 to 500. In the case of thermocouple input, set the value in units of 0.1 . The setting for the micro voltage input is performed in units of 4 V/digit. Example 1) When the measured temperature (501.5 ) is higher than the actual temperature (500.0 ) by 1.5 , set -15 as the sensor compensation value. 500.0( ) - 501.5( ) = -1.5( ) -1.5( ) x 10 =-15 5015 Measured temperature value 5000 Sensor compensation value Characteristic before error compensation Characteristic after error compensation 0 Input temeperature 500[ ] Example 2) When the micro voltage conversion value is 10003 at 40mV input, set -3 as the sensor compensation value. 10000 - 10003 = -3 10003 Micro voltage conversion value 10000 Sensor compensation value Characteristic before error compensation Characteristic after error compensation 0 3 - 17 Micro voltage input value 40[mV] 3 - 17 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.3 I/O Data The ST1TD2 has the areas for data transfer with the head module as indicated in Table 3.3. This section explains the composition of each area. Table 3.3 I/O Data List Transfer direction Item Br Bit Input Area ST1TD2 Head module (Input Data) Head module ST1TD2 (Output Data) 3 - 18 Number of Occupancy Default value Reference section 4 0 Section 3.3.1 Er Error Information Area 4 0 Section 3.3.2 Mr Module Status Area 2 0 Section 3.3.3 Wr Word Input Area 2 0 Section 3.3.4 Bw Bit Output Area 4 0 Section 3.3.5 4 0 Section 3.3.6 2 0 Section 3.3.7 Information Area Request Area Ew Error Clear Area Ww Word Output Area 3 - 18 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.3.1 Bit input area This section explains the Br bit input area. Bit input Item Description (1) Turns on (1) when conversion is ready after the MELSEC-ST system (ST1TD2) is powered on or the head module is reset. (2) When the Br.n Module ready signal is off (0), conversion processing is not performed. Br.n Module ready Br.n Module ready turns off (0) in the following situations: • In offset/gain setting mode • When the ST1TD2 has a watchdog timer error • In module change enabled status during online module change (refer to Chapter 7) (1) After Bw.n+1 convert setting request has turned on (1), this turns on (1) when user parameter and command parameter setting check is completed. (Turns on (1) if a setting error is detected.) [When parameter setting check result is normal] Performed by the ST1TD2 Performed by the master station program Br.n Wr.n Br.n+1 Convert setting completed flag Module ready Bw.n+1 Convert setting request Br.n+1 Convert setting completed flag Br.n+2 Conversion completed flag , Wr.n+1 CH measured temperature value /micro voltage conversion value measured temperature value /micro voltage conversion value 0 0 [When parameter setting check result is abnormal] Performed by the ST1TD2 Performed by the master station program Br.n Module ready Bw.n+1 Convert setting request Br.n+1 Convert setting completed flag OFF(0) Br.n+2 Conversion completed flag Wr.n , Wr.n+1 CH measured temperature value /micro voltage conversion value Er.n+3 to Er.n CH error 00 information 3 - 19 0 Error detection 3 - 19 3 SPECIFICATIONS Bit input MELSEC-ST Item Description (1) After Bw.n+1 convert setting request has turned on (1), Br.n+2 conversion completed flag turns on (1) when conversion is completed on all channels for which conversion is enabled. (2) The Br.n+2 conversion completed flag is processed only once when the Bw.n+1 convert setting request is changed. (a) When Bw.n+1 convert setting request is turned from off (0) to on (1) When the measured temperature value / micro voltage conversion value is stored into Wr.n , Wr.n+1 CH measured temperature value/micro voltage Br.n+2 Conversion conversion value, Br.n+2 conversion completed flag turns on (1). completed flag Specifying averaging process will cause a delay in turning Br.n+2 conversion completed flag on (1) by the processing time. (b) When Bw.n+1 convert setting request is turned from on (1) to off (0) Br.n+2 conversion completed flag turns off (0). (3) When disconnection is detected on any of the conversion-enabled channels, Br.n+2 conversion complete flag turns OFF (0). When connection is restored after the disconnection detection, updating of the measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value is resumed and Br.n+2 conversion complete flag turns ON (1) again. (1) Turns on (1) when the measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value falls outside the setting range for the CH upper upper limit value/upper lower limit value (command parameter) and CH lower upper limit value/lower lower limit value (command parameter) on either channel where the alarm output is validated and conversion is enabled. (2) Turns off (0) automatically when the measured temperature value/micro voltage Br.n+3 Alarm output conversion value returns to within the setting range on all channels for which signal enabled conversion is enabled. Performed by the ST1TD2 Er.n+3 to Er.n CH error information 00 Alarm occurrence (01) 00 Br.n+3 Error clear request 3 - 20 3 - 20 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.3.2 Error information area This section explains the Er error information area. Error information Item Description (1) Stores the error information or alarm information when an error or alarm occurs. (2) The stored error information can be cleared by turning on (1) the Ew.n error clear request. (Refer to Section 3.3.6) Er.n+1 Er.n CH1 error information (3) If an alarm and a system error occur at the same time, a system error takes precedence and will be written over the area. (4) The alarm information is automatically cleared when the measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value returns to within the setting range. (Refer to Section 3.3.1.) Er.n+3 Er.n+2 CH2 error information Er.n+1 Er.n Er.n+3 Er.n+2 0 0 Normal 0 1 Alarm has occurred 1 1 System error has occurred Information 3.3.3 Module status area This section explains the Mr module status area. Module status Item Description (1) The operating status of the ST1TD2 is stored. Mr.n+1 Mr.n+1 Mr.n Module status Mr.n Information 0 0 Online module change in progress or internal bus error occurred 1 1 Normal 3.3.4 Word input area This section explains the Wr word input area. Word input Item CH1 measured temperature Wr.n value/micro voltage conversion value CH2 measured temperature Wr.n+1 value/micro voltage conversion value 3 - 21 Description (1) The measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value converted from an analog value is stored into Wr.n , Wr.n+1 CH measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value for each channel. (2) The digital value is stored in 16-bit signed binary. 3 - 21 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.3.5 Bit output area This section explains the Bw bit output area. Bit output Item Bw.n System area Description Use prohibited (fixed to 0) (1) Turn this item from off (0) to on (1) to validate the settings of the user parameter and command parameter. (a) When writing the command parameter, make sure to turn the Bw.n+1 convert setting request off (0) to stop the conversion. When it is on (1), the command parameter cannot be written. (b) Regardless of whether the Bw.n+1 convert setting request is on (1) or off Bw.n+1 Convert setting request (0), the user parameter are written but not validated. (Turn the Bw.n+1 convert setting request from off (0) to on (1).) (2) Turn this on (1) to start conversion for the channel for which conversion set to be enabled in the conversion enable/disable setting (command parameter). When it turns off (0), the conversion is stopped. (3) For the on (1)/off (0) timing, refer to the Br.n+1 column in Section 3.3.1. OFF (0): Conversion stop (Default) ON (1): Conversion start Bw.n+2 Bw.n+3 3 - 22 System area Use prohibited (fixed to 0) 3 - 22 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.3.6 Error clear area This section explains the Ew error clear area. Error clear area Item Description (1) Turn this request on (1) to clear the Er.n+3 to Er.n CH (2) After confirming that the Er.n+3 to Er.n CH error information. error information has been cleared, turn off (0) the Ew.n error clear request. OFF (0): No error clear requested (Default) ON (1): Error clear requested Ew.n Error clear request Performed by the ST1TD2 Performed by the master station program Er.n+3 to Ew.n error clear request Er.n CH error information 00 Error detection 00 Ew.n+1 Ew.n+2 System area Use prohibited (fixed to 0) Ew.n+3 3.3.7 Word output area The ST1TD2 does not use the Ww word output area since it is operational without reserving the area. To make effective use of the Ww word output area, select "ST1TD2 (without Ww)" using the configuration software of the master station or GX Configurator-ST. The number of occupancy of the Ww word output area in the ST1TD2 is 0. 3 - 23 3 - 23 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.4 Memory and Parameters This section explains the memory and parameters of the ST1TD2. 3.4.1 Memory RAM and ROM are available as the parameter storage memory of the ST1TD2. (1) RAM (a) The ST1TD2 operates based on the parameter settings stored in the RAM. (b) The parameter settings stored in the RAM become valid when the Bw.n+1 convert setting request turns from OFF to ON. (2) ROM 3 - 24 (a) The ROM stores the parameters. The stored parameters are not erased at power-off. (b) The parameters stored in the ROM are transferred to the RAM when: • The MELSEC-ST system (ST1TD2) is powered off, then on. • The head module is reset. • Parameter setting ROM read (command number: 3300H) is executed. 3 - 24 3 SPECIFICATIONS MELSEC-ST 3.4.2 Parameters The ST1TD2 has user parameters and command parameters. (1) User parameters (a) Setting item • Input type setting • Offset/gain value selection • Cold junction temperature compensation setting (b) Setting method Set the parameters using the configuration software of the master station. When the MELSEC-ST system is tested alone, set the parameters using GX Configurator-ST. (2) Command parameters (a) Setting item • Conversion enable/disable setting • Sampling process/averaging process specification • Time/count averaging specification • Average time/average number of times setting • Alarm output setting • Upper upper limit value/upper lower limit value/lower upper limit value/lower lower limit value setting • Sensor compensation value setting (b) Setting method 1) Command Execute a command from the master station to write the settings to the RAM of the ST1TD2. When the command parameters are written in advance using Parameter setting ROM write (command number: 3301H), master station program steps can be reduced. 2) GX Configurator-ST Use of GX Configurator-ST allows the parameters to be easily set onscreen, reducing master station program steps. Write and save the settings, which are used for a MELSEC-ST system startup, to the ROM. (Use write to RAM when conducting a test temporarily.) 3 - 25 3 - 25 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION 4.1 Handling Precautions (1) Do not drop the module or give it hard impact since its case is made of resin. Doing so can damage the module. (2) Do not disassemble or modify the modules. Doing so could cause failure, malfunction, injury or fire. (3) Be careful not to let foreign particles such as swarf or wire chips enter the module. They may cause a fire, mechanical failure or malfunction. 4 4-1 4-1 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST 4.2 Setup and Procedure before Operation Start Module mounting Mount the ST1TD2 onto the base module. Wiring Connect external devices to the ST1TD2 (see Section 4.4). User parameter setting Set the user parameters using the configuration software of the master station. *1 *2 4 When not using GX Configurator-ST When using GX Configurator-ST Use factory default Use factory default Use user range settings? Use user range settings? Use user range settings Offset/gain setting Use user range settings Offset/gain setting When using the user range setting, make offset/gain setting with GX Configurator-ST (see Section 5.6). When using the user range setting, make offset/gain setting with the master station program (see Section 4.5). Command parameter setting Set the command parameters using GX Configurator-ST (see Section 5.3). Programming and debbugging Create a program and check it (see Chapter 6). Command parameter setting, programming, debugging Create a program and check it (including command parameter setting with the command) (see Chapter 6). *1 When using the user range setting, set the offset/gain value selection (user parameter) as "user range setting". *2 If executing offset / gain setting in the program, set the input type setting (user parameter) appropreate for the offset/gain setting. (If making the offset / gain setting with GX Configurator-ST, set the input type using GX Configurator-ST.) POINT Refer to Section 3.4 for details of the user parameter and command parameter. 4-2 4-2 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST 4.3 Part Names The name of each part in the ST1TD2 is listed below. The following shows the ST1TD2 mounted on the spring clamp type base module. 4) 1) 2) ST1TD2 RUN [Rear view of ST1TD2] ERR. CH. 1 2 11 21 + - 5) TC TC + - 14 24 4) No. 4-3 11 21 12 22 13 23 14 24 3) Name and appearance Description RUN LED and ERR. LED (on/flashing/off) indicate various statuses of the ST1TD2 (see section 4.3.1). 1) RUN LED 2) ERR. LED 3) Terminal block The input signal wires of the ST1TD2 are connected to the terminal block of the base module. [Applicable base modules] Spring Clamp Type : ST1B-S4TD2 Screw Clamp Type : ST1B-E4TD2 4) Slice module fixing hooks (at both ends) Used for mounting/dismounting the ST1TD2 to/from the base module. While pressing the hooks at both ends, mount/dismount the ST1TD2. 5) Coding element Prevents the module from being mounted incorrectly. The coding element consists of two pieces, and its shape varies depending on the model name. When the ST1TD2 is mounted on the base module and then dismounted, one piece of the coding element remains on the base module, and the other remains on the ST1TD2. The ST1TD2 can be mounted onto the base module only when the two pieces of the coding elements are matched. [Applicable coding element] ST1TD2 : ST1A-CKY-16 4-3 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST POINT In order to ensure safety, make sure to attach the coding element to the base module and ST1TD2. Terminal No. Signal name 11 CH1 12 Terminal No. TC+ 21 Vacancy 13 22 Vacancy 14 CH2 23 TC+ 24 Signal name CH1 TC- Vacancy Vacancy CH2 TC- 4.3.1 Status confirmation by LED Table 4.1 explains the LED indications. Table 4.1 LED Indications LED indication RUN LED On Operating status ERR.LED Off Normal On System error is occurring The data communication has stopped or the parameter communication is faulty between Off Flashing the master module and head module, other slice module is faulty or an internal bus error is occurring. (1s interval) System error is occurring when the data communication has stopped or the parameter On communication is faulty between the master module and head module, other slice module is faulty or an internal bus error has occurred. Flashing Off Module is in offset/gain setting mode. (0.5s interval) On System error is occurring in offset/gain setting mode. Flashing Off Module is selected as the target of online module change. (0.25s interval) On System error is occurring when module is selected as the target of online module change. Off 4-4 Off Power is off or online module change is being made. On System error is occurring during online module change. 4-4 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST 4.4 Wiring The wiring precautions and examples of module connection are provided in this section. 4.4.1 Wiring precautions In order to optimize the functions of the ST1TD2 and ensure system reliability, external wiring, that is protected from noise, is required. Please observe the following precautions for external wiring: (1) Use separate cables for the AC control circuit and the external input signals of the ST1TD2 to avoid the influence of the AC side surges and inductions. (2) Do not bring/install the cables closer to/together with the main circuit line, a highvoltage cable or a load cable from other than the MELSEC-ST system. Doing so may increase the effects of noise, surges and induction. (3) Always place the thermocouple/micro voltage signal cable at least 100mm (3.94inch) away from the main circuit cables and AC control lines. Fully keep it away from high-voltage cables and circuits which include harmonics, such as an inverter's load circuit. Not doing so will make the module more susceptible to noises, surges and inductions. 4-5 4-5 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST 4.4.2 External wiring Connect the cables to the base module (sold separately). (1) Thermocouple *1 +5V CH1 11 TC+ 12 TCPt1000 -5V Pt1000 CH2 14 TC+ +5V *2 *1 24 TC-5V *2 *1 As cables, always use shielded compensation conductors. Also, wire the shielded cables as short as possible. *2 Ground the shield through the cable clamp or terminal block. Depending on noise conditions, however, it is recommended to ground the shield on the external device side. CH1 CH1 CH2 CH2 Connect to the control panel When using a cable clamp 4-6 When using a terminal block 4-6 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST (2) Micro voltage signal *1 Load cell +5V CH1 11 TC+ 12 TCPt1000 -5V Pt1000 +5V *2 *1 Load cell CH2 14 TC+ 24 TC-5V *2 *1 As cables, always use shielded conductors. Also, wire the shielded cables as short as possible. *2 Ground the shield through the cable clamp or terminal block. Depending on noise conditions, however, it is recommended to ground the shield on the external device side. CH1 CH1 CH2 CH2 Connect to the control panel When using a cable clamp When using a terminal block POINT Any channel where no thermocouple, compensation conductor or micro voltage signal cable is connected must be set to "conversion disable". If unconnected channel is set as conversion enable, disconnection is detected. 4-7 4-7 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST 4.5 Offset/gain Setting This section explains the offset/gain setting. (1) The offset/gain setting is a function designed to compensate for the value at any two points (offset value/gain value) within the operating range when the proper measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value is not available at system startup or when the input type is changed. (2) The following are the relationships between the measured temperature value/ micro voltage conversion value and respective input value corrected by the offset value/gain value. (a) Thermocouple input Gain value 80[ ] Measured temperature value is corrected to be input temperature. 79.7 Measured temperature value -50[ ] 0 80[ ] Input temperature Measured temperature value is corrected to be input temperature. Characteristic before error compensation Characteristic after error compensation -49.7 -50[ ] Offset value (b) Micro voltage input Gain value 20000 Micro voltage conversion value is corrected to be gain setting. 18975 Micro voltage conversion value 75[mV] 0 80[mV] Micro voltage input value Characteristic before error compensation Characteristic after error compensation Micro voltage conversion value is corrected to be offset setting. 4-8 18723 18750 Offset value 4-8 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST POINT (1) Make the offset/gain setting within the measured temperature guarantee range (refer to Section 3.1 (2), or within the measurable voltage range (refer to Section 3.1 (3)). If the setting is made outside these ranges, the resolution and accuracy may not fall within the ranges of the performance specifications. (2) Obtain the offset value and gain value in the status of actual use. After the setting is completed, make sure that the offset value and gain value are set correctly in the status of actual use. (3) The offset and gain values are stored into the ROM and are not erased at poweroff. (4) When making the offset/gain setting, write the values to the ROM using User range write (command number: 3305H). Data can be written to the ROM up to 10,000 times. To prevent accidental write to the ROM, write to ROM is counted from the time of power-on. (5) If an error occurs during offset/gain setting, the offset and gain values are not written to the ST1TD2. Set the correct offset and gain values again. (6) High accuracy is ensured when the offset and gain values are set as the minimum and maximum values of the operating range. (7) High accuracy can be obtained if the offset/gain setting is done after 30-minute power-up. (8) Always set the offset and gain values so that they will satisfy the following conditions. An error will occur if any of the conditions are not satisfied. Condition 1: Within the input enabled range Condition 2: Offset value < Gain value Condition 3: (Gain value) - (offset value) > 0.2 [ ] (for temperature input) or (Gain value) - (offset value) > 20 [ V] (for micro voltage input) (9) For thermocouple input, error compensation may also be made using a standard DC voltage generator or like instead of inputting a temperature directly to the thermocouple. Power value of standard DC voltage generator 4-9 = Thermoelectromotive force value of thermocouple used as offset/gain value relative to input temperature 4-9 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST 4.5.1 Offset/gain settings procedure If using the user range setting, perform the offset/gain setting in the procedure shown in the section 4.5.1(1) or 4.5.1(2). When the factory default is used, the offset/gain setting is not necessary. If the GX Configurator-ST has been installed, perform the offset/gain settings according to the procedure described in Section 5.6. (1) Offset/gain setting for thermocouple input Start 1) 3) Set the input type setting (user parameter) as "The input type to perform offset/ gain setting" Input the gain value in the adjusting channel, and then execute gain channel specification. (command no. : 3304H) Confirm that the command execution is completed. Confirm that the ST1TD2 is in the normal mode. (In this mode, the ST1TD2 RUN LED is on.) ST1TD2 Set "Yes" to the cold junction temperature compensation setting (user parameter).* ST1TD2 ERR. RUN CH. 1 2 11 21 + - 1C 1C + - 14 24 Thermcouple 500[ Execute operation mode setting (command no.: 3302H) to shift to the offset/gain setting mode. ] Alternatively, enter the value using a standard DC voltage generator or the like. 11 21 12 22 13 23 14 24 Confirm that the command execution is completed. Confirm that the command execution is completed. Confirm that the ST1TD2 is in the offset/gain setting mode. (In this mode, the ST1TD2 RUN LED is flashing at 0.5s intervals.) Adjust other channels? 2) Input the offset value in the adjusting channel, and then execute offset channel specification (command no. : 3303H) End YES 2) NO Execute user range write (command no.: 3305H). Confirm that the command execution is completed. ST1TD2 ST1TD2 ERR. RUN CH. 1 2 11 21 + - 1C 1C + - 14 24 Is the ST1TD2 ERR. LED on? YES Thermcouple 0[ ] Alternatively, enter the value using a standard DC voltage generator or the like. 11 21 12 22 13 23 14 24 Confirm that the command execution is completed. 1) NO Execute operation mode setting (command no.: 3302H) to shift to the normal mode. 3) Turn on Ew.n error clear request to clear errors. 2) * When inputting a value with a standard D/C voltage generator or when actually using the module with the cold junction temperature compensation setting set to "No", set the cold junction temperature compensation setting to "No". 4 - 10 4 - 10 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST (2) Offset/gain setting for micro voltage input 1) Start Set the input type setting (user parameter) as "The input type to perform offset/ gain setting" Execute operation mode setting (command no.: 3302H) to shift to the offset/gain setting mode. Confirm that the command execution is completed. Adjust other channels? YES 2) NO Confirm that the command execution is completed. Confirm that the ST1TD2 is in the offset/gain setting mode. (In this mode, the ST1TD2 RUN LED is flashing at 0.5s intervals.) Execute user range write (command no.: 3305H). Confirm that the command execution is completed. Is the ST1TD2 ERR. LED on? 2) Input the offset value in the adjusting channel, and then execute offset channel specification (command no. : 3303H). ST1TD2 ST1TD2 ERR. RUN YES NO Execute operation mode setting (command no.: 3302H) to shift to the normal mode. Turn on Ew.n error clear request to clear errors. CH. 1 2 11 21 + - 1C 1C + -80[mV] - 14 24 Load cell or like 11 21 12 22 13 23 14 24 Confirm that the command execution is completed. Input the gain value in the adjusting channel, and then execute gain channel specification (Command no. : 3304H). Confirm that the command execution is completed. 2) Confirm that the ST1TD2 is in the normal mode. (In this mode, the ST1TD2 RUN LED is on.) End ST1TD2 ST1TD2 ERR. RUN CH. 1 2 11 21 + - 1C 1C + 80[mV] - 14 24 11 Load cell or like 21 12 22 13 23 14 24 1) 4 - 11 4 - 11 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST (3) Programming The program examples are given in this section, showing the mode switching (between the normal mode and the offset/gain setting mode), the channel specification for the offset/gain setting, the offset/gain value adjustment, and the offset/gain value writing to the ST1TD2. (a) When QJ71PB92D is used as master station The program example is based on the system configuration given in Section 6.2. 1) Device assignment in program examples Devices used by QJ71PB92D Device Application Device X0 Exchange start end signal Y0 X1B Communication READY signal X1D Module READY signal X1F Watchdog timer error signal Application Exchange start request signal Devices used by user Device Application Device X20 PROFIBUS-DP exchange start command X25 Offset/gain setting mode select signal X26 Offset channel specification signal X27 Gain channel specification signal X28 User range write signal X29 Normal mode select signal M0 Application Refresh start request Devices used in I/O data Br Bit input area Br.n Bit input Information Master station side device Br.00 Module READY D1000.0 Br.01 Forced output test mode D1000.1 Br.02 Module name 0 ST1H-PB Module being changed D1000.2 online Br.03 Command execution D1000.3 Br.04 External power supply D1000.4 Br.05 status D1000.5 Br.06 Module ready D1000.6 Br.07 Slice No. Convert setting completed D1000.7 flag Br.08 Conversion completed flag D1000.8 Br.09 Alarm output signal D1000.9 Br.0A 1 2 ST1PSD 3 ST1TD2 4 D1000.A to Br.1F 4 - 12 D1001.F 4 - 12 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST Er Error information area Er.n Error information Information Master station side device Er.00 D1002.0 Er.01 Head module error D1002.1 Er.02 information D1002.2 Er.03 Bus refreshing module D1002.4 Er.05 error information D1002.5 Er.07 Er.08 Er.09 ST1H-PB 1 2 D1002.6 CH1 error information ST1TD2 D1002.8 4 D1002.9 Er.0A ST1PSD 3 D1002.7 CH2 error information Module name 0 D1002.3 Er.04 Er.06 Slice No. D1002.A to Er.1F D1003.F Mr Module status area Mr.n Module status Information Master station side device Slice No. Mr. 0 Head module existence D1004.0 0 Mr. 1 information D1004.1 1 D1004.2 2 D1004.3 3 D1004.4 4 Mr.2 Mr.3 Mr.4 Bus refreshing module existence information Module status Mr.5 Module name ST1H-PB ST1PSD ST1TD2 D1004.5 to Mr.15 D1004.F Cr Command result area Cr Command result area Information Master station side device Slice No. Module name Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Cr.0 Result, Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of D1005 Execution Target 4 - 13 Cr.1 Executed Command No. D1006 Cr.2 Response Data 1 D1007 Cr.3 Response Data 2 D1008 4 - 13 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST Bw Bit output area Bw.n Bit output Information Master station side device Bw.00 System area (0 fixed) D2000.0 Bw.01 System area (0 fixed) D2000.1 Bw.02 System area (0 fixed) D2000.2 Bw.03 Command request D2000.3 Bw.04 System area (0 fixed) D2000.4 Bw.05 System area (0 fixed) D2000.5 Bw.06 System area (0 fixed) D2000.6 Bw.07 Convert setting request D2000.7 Bw.08 System area (0 fixed) D2000.8 Bw.09 System area (0 fixed) D2000.9 Bw.0A Slice No. Module name 0 ST1H-PB 1 2 ST1PSD 3 ST1TD2 4 D2000.A to Bw.1F D2001.F Ew Error clear area Ew.n Error clear Information Master station side device Ew.00 Error clear request D2002.0 Ew.01 System area (0 fixed) D2002.1 Ew.02 System area (0 fixed) D2002.2 Ew.03 System area (0 fixed) D2002.3 Ew.04 Error clear request D2002.4 Ew.05 System area (0 fixed) D2002.5 Ew.06 Error clear request D2002.6 Ew.07 System area (0 fixed) D2002.7 Ew.08 System area (0 fixed) D2002.8 Ew.09 System area (0 fixed) D2002.9 Ew.0A Slice No. Module name 0 ST1H-PB 1 2 ST1PSD 3 ST1TD2 4 D2002.A to Ew.1F 4 - 14 D2003.F 4 - 14 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST Sw System area Sw System area Sw.0 Information System area (0 fixed) Master station side device Slice No. Module name Slice No. Module name D2004 Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution area Cw.0 Cw.1 4 - 15 Information Start Slice No. of Execution Target Command No. to be Executed Master station side device D2005 D2006 Cw.2 Argument 1 D2007 Cw.3 Argument 2 D2008 4 - 15 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST 2) Program example FDL address 1 initial data write PROFIBUS-DP communication start processing Switching to offset/gain setting mode Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Bw.03 Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed(3302H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Offset Channel Specification Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Bw.03 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed(3303H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 4 - 16 4 - 16 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST Gain Channel Specification Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Bw.03 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed(3304H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 User Range Write Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Bw.03 Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed(3305H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 4 - 17 4 - 17 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST Switching to normal mode Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Bw.03 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed(3302H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Command execution processing Br.03 Bw.03 Turns off Bw.03 command request Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing 4 - 18 4 - 18 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST (b) When AJ71PB92D/A1SJ71PB92D is used as master station The program example is based on the system configuration given in Section 6.3. 1) Device assignment in program examples Devices used by A1SJ71PB92D Device Application Device X0 Exchange start end signal Y0 X0D Watchdog timer error signal X1B Communication READY signal X1D Module READY signal Application Exchange start request signal Devices used by user Device Application Device X20 PROFIBUS-DP exchange start command M0 X25 Offset/gain setting mode select signal M225 X26 Offset channel specification signal M226 X27 Gain channel specification signal M227 X28 User range write signal M228 X29 Normal mode select signal M229 Application Refresh start request Conversion of offset/gain setting mode select signal into pulse Conversion of offset channel specification signal into pulse Conversion of gain channel specification signal into pulse Conversion of user range write signal into pulse Conversion of normal mode select signal into pulse Devices used in I/O data Br Bit input area Br.n Bit input Information Master station side device Br.00 Module READY B0 Br.01 Forced output test mode B1 Br.02 Module name 0 ST1H-PB Module being changed B2 online Br.03 Command execution B3 Br.04 External power supply B4 Br.05 status B5 Br.06 Module ready B6 Br.07 Slice No. Convert setting completed B7 flag Br.08 Conversion completed flag B8 Br.09 Alarm output signal B9 Br.0A 1 2 ST1PSD 3 ST1TD2 4 BA to Br.1F 4 - 19 B1F 4 - 19 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST Er Error information area Er.n Error information Information Master station side device Er.00 B20 Er.01 Head module error B21 Er.02 information B22 Er.03 Bus refreshing module B24 Er.05 error information B25 Er.07 Er.08 Er.09 ST1H-PB 1 2 B26 CH1 error information ST1TD2 B28 4 B29 Er.0A ST1PSD 3 B27 CH2 error information Module name 0 B23 Er.04 Er.06 Slice No. B2A to Er.1F B3F Mr Module status area Mr.n Module status Information Master station side device Slice No. Mr. 0 Head module existence B40 0 Mr. 1 information B41 1 B42 2 B43 3 B44 4 Mr.2 Mr.3 Mr.4 Bus refreshing module existence information Module status Mr.5 Module name ST1H-PB ST1PSD ST1TD2 B45 to Mr.15 B5F Cr Command result area Cr Command result area Information Master station side device Slice No. Module name Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Cr.0 Result, Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of W0 Execution Target 4 - 20 Cr.1 Executed Command No. W1 Cr.2 Response Data 1 W2 Cr.3 Response Data 2 W3 4 - 20 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST Bw Bit output area Bw.n Bit output Information Master station side device Bw.00 System area (0 fixed) B1000 Bw.01 System area (0 fixed) B1001 Bw.02 System area (0 fixed) B1002 Bw.03 Command request B1003 Bw.04 System area (0 fixed) B1004 Bw.05 System area (0 fixed) B1005 Bw.06 System area (0 fixed) B1006 Bw.07 Convert setting request B1007 Bw.08 System area (0 fixed) B1008 Bw.09 System area (0 fixed) B1009 Bw.0A Slice No. Module name 0 ST1H-PB 1 2 ST1PSD 3 ST1TD2 4 B100A to Bw.1F B101F Ew Error clear area Ew.n Error clear Information Master station side device Ew.00 Error clear request B1020 Ew.01 System area (0 fixed) B1021 Ew.02 System area (0 fixed) B1022 Ew.03 System area (0 fixed) B1023 Ew.04 Error clear request B1024 Ew.05 System area (0 fixed) B1025 Ew.06 Error clear request B1026 Ew.07 System area (0 fixed) B1027 Ew.08 System area (0 fixed) B1028 Ew.09 System area (0 fixed) B1029 Ew.0A Slice No. Module name 0 ST1H-PB 1 2 ST1PSD 3 ST1TD2 4 B102A to Ew.1F 4 - 21 B103F 4 - 21 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST Sw System area Sw System area Sw.0 Information System area (0 fixed) Master station side device Slice No. Module name Slice No. Module name B1040 to B104F Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution area Cw.0 Cw.1 4 - 22 Information Start Slice No. of Execution Target Command No. to be Executed Master station side device W1000 W1001 Cw.2 Argument 1 W1002 Cw.3 Argument 2 W1003 4 - 22 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST 2) Program example FDL address 1 initial data write PROFIBUS-DP communication start processing Input area read Switching to offset/gain setting mode Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Bw.03 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed(3302H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Offset Channel Specification Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Bw.03 Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed(3303H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 4 - 23 4 - 23 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST Gain Channel Specification Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Bw.03 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed(3304H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 User Range Write Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Bw.03 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed(3305H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 4 - 24 4 - 24 4 SETUP AND PROCEDURES BEFORE OPERATION MELSEC-ST Switching to normal mode Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Bw.03 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed(3302H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Command execution processing Br.03 Bw.03 Turns off Bw.03 command request Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Br.00 4 - 25 Output area write 4 - 25 5 GX Configurator-ST MELSEC-ST 5 GX Configurator-ST This chapter explains the functions of GX Configurator-ST used with the ST1TD2. For details of GX Configurator-ST, refer to the GX Configurator-ST Operating Manual. 5.1 GX Configurator-ST Functions Table 5.1 lists the GX Configurator-ST functions used with the ST1TD2. Table 5.1 List of GX Configurator-ST Functions Used with ST1TD2 Item 5 Parameter Setting Description (1) The following parameter items can be set on GX Configurator-ST. • CH input type setting • CH offset/gain value selection • CH cold junction compensation • CH conversion enable/disable setting • CH time/number of times specification • CH sampling process/averaging process setting • CH alarm output setting • CH average time/average number of times setting • CH upper upper limit value/upper lower limit value/lower upper limit value/lower lower limit value • CH sensor compensation value setting Reference section Section 5.3 (2) Specify the area (RAM or ROM) where parameter setting will be registered. (3) Using GX Configurator-ST, parameter setting can be made while online module change is performed. Input/output monitor Forced output test (1) The I/O data of the ST1TD2 can be monitored. (1) Test can be conducted with the values set in the Bw bit output area or Ew error clear area of the ST1TD2. Section 5.4 Section 5.5 (1) The offset and gain values of the user range can be easily set onOffset/gain setting screen. (2) Using GX Configurator-ST, gain/offset setting can be made while Section 5.6 online module change is performed. Online module change 5-1 (1) A module can be replaced without the system being stopped. Chapter 7 5-1 5 GX Configurator-ST MELSEC-ST 5.2 Project Creation When the MELSEC-ST system can be connected to a personal computer with GX Configurator-ST preinstalled, select [get system] to create a project. Even if there is no MELSEC-ST system, a project can be created. For project creation and get system, refer to the GX Configurator-ST Operating Manual. 5 5-2 5-2 5 GX Configurator-ST MELSEC-ST 5.3 Parameter Setting This section explains how to set the parameters. (1) Mode changing The mode need not be changed. Either the edit mode or diagnosis mode can be used for the setting. (2) Displaying "Parameter Setting" screen 1) 2) Select ST1TD2 on the "Module Information List" screen or "System Monitor" screen. Click [Edit] [Parameter Setting]. (3) Display/Setting Screen 5-3 5-3 5 GX Configurator-ST MELSEC-ST (4) Display/setting details When setting the parameters of multiple channels, make the following setting for each channel. (a) User parameters Set the user parameters using the configuration software of the master station. When the MELSEC-ST system is tested alone, set the parameters using GX Configurator-ST. 1) Input type setting Set the input type. Select the input type from among the following types. Input type Measured temperature Thermocouple K Thermocouple E Thermocouple J Thermocouple T Thermocouple B Thermocouple R Thermocouple S Thermocouple N Micro voltage input -270 to 1372°C -270 to 1000°C -210 to 1200°C -270 to 400°C 0 to 1820°C -50 to 1768°C -50 to 1768°C -270 to 1300°C -80 to 80mV 2) Setting type The input type setting currently valid is stored. Setting is not allowed. 3) Offset/gain value selection Set the factory default or user range setting. 4) Cold junction compensation Set whether cold junction temperature compensation is enable or disable. Disable : Cold junction temperature compensation disabled Enable : Cold junction temperature compensation enabled (b) Command parameters By setting the command parameters using GX Configurator-ST, master station program steps can be reduced. Write and save the settings, which are used for a MELSEC-ST system startup, to the ROM. (Use RAM when conducting a test temporarily.) 1) Conversion enable/disable setting Set whether conversion is enabled or disabled. Disable : Conversion disabled Enable : Conversion enabled 2) Time/number of times specification Specify the time/number of times when the averaging processing is selected. 3) Sampling process/averaging process setting Specify the sampling processing or averaging processing. 5-4 5-4 5 GX Configurator-ST MELSEC-ST 4) Alarm output setting Set whether alarm output processing is performed or not. Disable : Alarm output processing not performed Enable : Alarm output processing performed 5) Average time/average number of times setting Set the average time or average number of times. Their setting ranges are indicated below. Average number of times : 4 to 500 times Average time : 480 to 5000ms 6) Upper upper limit value/Upper lower limit value/Lower upper limit value/Lower lower limit value Set the upper upper limit value, upper lower limit value, lower upper limit value and lower lower limit value of the alarm output. Setting range on each input type is shown below. In the case of thermocouple input, set the value in units of 0.1 . [Example] To set to 0.3 ..... Enter "3". Input type Setting range (Accuracy guarantee range) Thermocouple K -2700 to 13720 (-2000 to 12000) Thermocouple E -2700 to 10000 (-2000 to 9000) Thermocouple J -2100 to 12000 (-400 to 7500) Thermocouple T -2700 to 4000 (-2000 to 3500) Thermocouple B 0 to 18200 (6000 to 17000) Thermocouple R -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) Thermocouple S -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) Thermocouple N -2700 to 13000 (-2000 to 12500) Micro voltage input -21000 to 21000 (-20000 to 20000) 7) Sensor compensation value setting Set the sensor compensation value. The setting range of the sensor compensation value is –500 to 500. In the case of thermocouple input, set the value in units of 0.1 . [Example] To set to 0.3 ..... Enter "3". The setting for the micro voltage input is performed in increments of 4µV/digit. [Example] When the micro voltage conversion value is 10003 at 40mV input ..... Enter “-3”. 5-5 5-5 5 GX Configurator-ST MELSEC-ST (5) Parameter writing 1) From the "Channel:" pull-down menu, select the channel where the parameters will be set. 2) Select the parameter items to be written to the ST1TD2 by checking the corresponding "select" check box. 3) Make setting in the "Setting Value" field. 4) Select the target memory (RAM or ROM) from the pull-down menu of "Target Memory". 5) Click the Download button. When writing the parameters of multiple channels to the ST1TD2, perform the operations in steps 1) to 5) for each channel. 5-6 5-6 5 GX Configurator-ST MELSEC-ST 5.4 Input/Output Monitor This section explains how to monitor the I/O data of the ST1TD2. (1) Mode changing Click [Mode] [Diagnosis]. (2) Displaying "Input/Output Monitor" screen 1) Select ST1TD2 on the "System Monitor" screen. 2) Click the Input/Output Monitor button. Monitor starts as soon as the "Input/Output Monitor" screen is displayed. (3) Display/Setting Screen (4) Display/setting details (a) Bit Data Input/Output Data Item Description Bit Output Area Convert setting request The status of Bw.n+1 Convert setting request is displayed. Error Clear Area Error clear request The status of Ew.n Error clear request is displayed. Module ready The status of Br.n Module ready is displayed. Convert setting completed flag Bit Input Area Conversion completed flag Alarm output signal Error Information Area CH error information The status of Br.n+1 Convert setting completed flag is displayed. The status of Br.n+2 Conversion completed flag is displayed. The status of Br.n+3 Alarm output signal is displated. The status of Er.n+3 to Er.n CH displayed. error information is (b) Word Data The display format (decimal/hexadecimal) can be changed. Input/Output Data Word Input Area 5-7 Item CH measured temperature value/micro voltage value Description The value of Wr.n , Wr.n+1 CH measured temperature value/micro voltage value is displayed. 5-7 5 GX Configurator-ST MELSEC-ST 5.5 Forced Output Test This section explains a forced output test. Conduct the test after setting values to the bit output area or error clear area of the ST1TD2. (1) Mode changing Click [Mode] [Diagnosis]. (2) Displaying "Forced Output Test" screen 1) Select ST1TD2 on the "System Monitor" screen. 2) Click the Forced Output Test button. (3) Display/Setting Screen (4) Display/setting details (a) Bit Data Output Data Item Bit Output Area Convert setting request Error Clear Area Error clear request Description The setting of Bw.n+1 Convert setting request can be changed. The setting of Ew.n Error clear request can be changed. (b) Word Data Unavailable for the ST1TD2. 5-8 5-8 5 GX Configurator-ST MELSEC-ST (5) Test operation 1) Select the test item by checking the corresponding "Select" check box. 2) Make setting in the "Value" field. 3) Click the Settings button. Clicking the Settings button executes the test. : When the module is not in the forced output test mode, a screen asking whether to switch to the forced output test mode. Click the OK button to switch to the forced output test mode. When the module is switched to the forced output test mode, the RUN LED of the head module flashes. POINT When the forced output test mode has been cancelled, make sure that the RUN LED of the head module is on. 5-9 5-9 5 GX Configurator-ST MELSEC-ST 5.6 Offset/Gain Setting This section explains how to make offset/gain setting. (1) Input type setting Set the input type for the offset/gain setting on the parameter setting screen. For the parameter setting, refer to Section 5.3. (2) Mode changing Click [Mode] [Diagnosis]. (3) Displaying "Offset/Gain Setting" screen 1) Select ST1TD2 on the "System Monitor" screen. 2) Click the Offset/Gain Setting button. : When the module is not in the forced output test mode, a screen appears asking whether to switch to the forced output test mode. Click the OK button to switch to the forced output test mode. When the module is switched to the forced output test mode, the RUN LED of the head module flashes. 3) As a screen appears asking whether to switch to the offset/gain setting mode, click the OK button to switch to the offset/gain setting mode. After switched to the offset/gain setting mode, the RUN LED of ST1TD2 flashes (0.5s interval) and the ST1TD2 stops. (4) Display/Setting Screen 5 - 10 5 - 10 5 GX Configurator-ST MELSEC-ST (5) Offset/gain setting When setting different offset and gain values for different channels, perform the operations in (a), (b) for each channel. Since the operation in (c) is to be done to write the offset/gain settings of all channels to the ST1TD2, perform it only once at the last. (a) Offset value setting operation 1) 2) 3) Select the channel where the offset value will be set by checking the corresponding "Select channel" check box. By checking multiple check boxes, values can be set to multiple channels at the same time. Specify "Offset". Enter a value as an offset value to the channel to be adjusted, set a temperature setting value or voltage setting value which suits to input, and then click the Set button. • The setting for the temperature setting value is performed in units of 0.1 . [Example] To set to 0.3 ..... Enter "3". • The setting for the voltage setting value is performed in units of 0.01mV. [Example] To set to 3mV ..... Enter "300". Setting range on each input type is shown below. Input type Setting range (Accuracy guarantee range) Thermocouple K -2700 to 13720 (-2000 to 12000) Thermocouple E -2700 to 10000 (-2000 to 9000) Thermocouple J -2100 to 12000 (-400 to 7500) Thermocouple T -2700 to 4000 (-2000 to 3500) Thermocouple B 0 to 18200 (6000 to 17000) Thermocouple R -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) Thermocouple S -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) Thermocouple N -2700 to 13000 (-2000 to 12500) Micro voltage input -8000 to 8000 (-8000 to 8000) (b) Gain value setting 1) 2) 5 - 11 Select the channel where the gain value will be set by checking the corresponding "Select channel" check box. By checking multiple check boxes, values can be set to multiple channels at the same time. Specify "Gain". 5 - 11 5 GX Configurator-ST MELSEC-ST 3) Enter a value as a gain value to the channel to be adjusted, set a temperature setting value or voltage setting value which suits to input, and then click the Set button. • The setting for the temperature setting value is performed in units of 0.1 . [Example] To set to 0.3 .....Enter "3". • The setting for the voltage setting value is performed in units of 0.01mV. [Example] To set to 3mV ..... Enter "300". Setting range on each input type is shown below. Input type Setting range (Accuracy guarantee range) Thermocouple K -2700 to 13720 (-2000 to 12000) Thermocouple E -2700 to 10000 (-2000 to 9000) Thermocouple J -2100 to 12000 (-400 to 7500) Thermocouple T -2700 to 4000 (-2000 to 3500) Thermocouple B 0 to 18200 (6000 to 17000) Thermocouple R -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) Thermocouple S -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) Thermocouple N -2700 to 13000 (-2000 to 12500) Micro voltage input -8000 to 8000 (-8000 to 8000) (c) Offset/gain setting writing Click the Save button. The offset/gain settings for all channels are written to the ST1TD2. POINT (1) Clicking the Save button in the following condition generates errors. For details of error codes, refer to Section 9.1. • Offset value ≥ Gain value (Error code : 400 H) • (Gain value) - (Offset value) ≤ 0.2[ ] (for temperature input) (Error code : 410 H) • (Gain value) - (Offset value) ≤ 20[ V] (for micro voltage input) (Error code : 410 H) In this case, click the Error Clear button to clear the error, and make setting again. (2) When the offset/gain setting screen is closed, the screen displays a message that asks if you are sure to change to the normal mode. Click the OK button to change to the normal mode. When the module is put in the normal mode, the RUN LED of the ST1TD2 turns on. (3) When the forced output test mode has been released, make sure that the RUN LED of the head module is on. 5 - 12 5 - 12 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST 6 PROGRAMMING This chapter explains program examples available when the QJ71PB92D and AJ71PB92D/A2SJ71PB92D are used as the master station. REMARK Refer to the following manuals for details of the QJ71PB92D and AJ71PB92D/A1SJ71PB92D. <QJ71PB92D> PROFIBUS-DP Interface Module User's Manual SH-080127 (13JR22) <AJ71PB92D/A1SJ71PB92D> PROFIBUS-DP Interface Module type AJ71PB92D/A1SJ71PB92D User's Manual IB-66773 (13JL20) 6 6-1 6-1 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST 6.1 Programming Procedure In the following procedure, create a program enabling execution of the temperature conversion or micro voltage conversion in the ST1TD2. When utilizing the program example introduced in this chapter for an actual system, fully verify that there are no problems in controllability in the target system. Start When using GX Configurator-ST Set the command parameter using GX Configurator-ST.(see Section 5.3) Bw.n+1 Convert setting request Read measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value End When not using GX Configurator-ST Conversion enable/disable setting (see Section 8.4.1) NO Is averaging process performed? YES Sampling process/averaging process specification (see Section 8.4.2) Time/count averaging specification (see Section 8.4.2) Average time/Average number of times setting (see Section 8.4.3) 6 Is alarm output? NO YES Alarm output setting (see Section 8.4.2) Upper upper limit value/upper lower limit value/lower upper limit value/lower lower limit value setting (see Section 8.4.4, 8.4.5) Bw.n+1 Convert setting request Read measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value End 6-2 6-2 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST POINT (1) While a command is being executed, other command is not executable. Also, a command can be executed for only one module. When executing the same command for multiple modules or executing several kinds of commands, provide an interlock in the program using Br.03 Command execution and Bw.03 Command request as shown below. <Example> Executing 2 commands (Commands 1 and 2) consecutively 1) Confirm that Br.03 Command execution and Bw.03 Command request are off. (Interlock for other commands) 2) Write the command information of Command 1 to Cw Command execution area. 3) Turn on Bw.03 Command request. Processing of Command 1 4) After Br.03 Command execution turns on, read the result of Command 1 from Cr Command result area. 5) Turn off Bw.03 Command request. 6) Confirm that Br.03 Command execution and Bw.03 Command request are off. (Interlock for other commands) 7) Write the command information of Command 2 to Cw Command execution area. 8) Turn on Bw.03 Command request. Processing of Command 2 9) After Br.03 Command execution turns on, read the result of Command 2 from Cr Command result area. 10)Turn off Bw.03 Command request. If a command is executed without any interlock, the following status will be generated. 1) When turning off Bw.03 Command request before completion of the command: • Br.03 Command execution does not turn on. • The command result is not stored in Cr Command result area. • The command requested once may be executed. 2) When executing a command inadvertently during execution of other command: The command is executed based on the information written in Cw Command execution area at the time that Bw.03 Command request turns on. (2) Performing online module change may require a previous arrangement, depending on the use condition. For details, refer to Section 7.2. 6-3 6-3 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST 6.2 When QJ71PB92D is Used as Master Station This section explains program examples available when the QJ71PB92D is used as the master station. Section 6.2.1 uses the following system configuration example for explanation. (1) System configuration of master station (QJ71PB92D) The system configuration of the master station (QJ71PB92D) used in this section is shown below. (a) System configuration of master station (QJ71PB92D) Q25HCPU QJ71PB92D QX42 (b) Settings of master station (QJ71PB92D) Item I/O signals Operation mode I/O data area (buffer memory) for FDL address 1 (MELSEC-ST system) Input data Output data Setting X/Y000 to X/Y01F Extended service mode (MODE E) 0(0H) to 10(0AH) 960(3C0H) to 970(3CAH) REMARK The MELSEC-ST system varies in I/O data size depending on the maximum input/output point settings and the number of mounted intelligent function modules. Hence, the master station's is operation mode is set to the extended service mode (MODE E) where the data size is variable. 6-4 6-4 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST (2) System configuration of MELSEC-ST system The following system configuration is used as the MELSEC-ST system for explanation. (a) System configuration of slave station (MELSEC-ST system) 1) FDL address: 1 2) Maximum I/O point setting: 32-point mode No.0 No.1 ST1PSD RUN ST1H-PB ERR. No.2 ST1TD2 RUN ERR. SYS AUX RELEASE RESET PROFIBUS I/F The following table uses the maximum input/output points setting sheet given in the Head Module User's Manual. No. Module Name Number of Occupied I/O Points Start Slice No. (Number of occupied slices) 4 0(2) 0 ST1H-PB 1 ST1PSD 2 2(1) 2 ST1TD2 4 3(2) Total 10 Wr.n Ww.n 5V DC Internal Current Consumption (Total) 24V DC Current (Total) 0.530A(0.530A) 0A(0A) System Length (Total) 25.2mm(25.2mm) 2 2 2 2 0.080A(0.610A) 1 12.6mm(37.8mm) 1: The 24V DC current changes depending on the external device connected to each slice module. Confirm the current consumption of the external device connected to each slice module, and calculate the total value. Refer to the MELSEC-ST System User's Manual for details of current consumption calculation. 6-5 6-5 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST (b) GX Configurator-DP setting (c) ST1TD2 setting The input type is set by GX Configurator-DP. Conversion-enabled channel......................... CH1, CH2 CH1 Input type setting ................................... Thermocouple K CH2 Input type setting ................................... Micro voltage input Sampling process channel ............................ CH2 Count-based averaging process channel ............................................................... CH1 (average number of times: 50) Alarm output channel ........................ CH1 (upper upper limit value, upper lower limit value: 2000) (lower upper limit value, lower lower limit value: 0) Sensor compensation channel ...................... CH2 (compensation value: 2) 6-6 6-6 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST (3) I/O data assignment The following shows the I/O data assignment result in the system configuration example given in (2) in this section. (a) Input data Buffer memory address Decimal (Hexadecimal) b15 Br.0F Br.0E Br.0D Br.1F Br.1E Er.0F b8 b7 Br.07 Br.0C Br.0B Br.0A Br.09 Br.08 Br.1D Br.1C Br.1B Br.1A Br.19 Br.18 Er.0E Er.0D Er.0C Er.0B Er.0A Er.09 Er.08 Er.1F Er.1E Er.1D Er.1C Er.1B Er.1A Er.19 Er.18 Mr.15 Mr.14 Mr.13 Mr.12 Mr.11 Mr.10 Mr.9 Mr.8 b0 Br.06 Br.05 Br.17 Br.16 Br.15 Er.07 Er.06 Er.05 Er.17 Er.16 Er.15 Mr.7 Mr.6 Mr.5 Br.04 Br.03 Br.02 Br.01 Br.00 Br.14 Br.13 Br.12 Br.11 Br.10 Er.04 Er.03 Er.02 Er.01 Er.00 Er.14 Er.13 Er.12 Er.11 Er.10 Mr.4 Mr.3 Mr.2 Mr.1 Mr.0 0 (0H) 0 No.2 No.1 No.0 1 (1H) Br Bit input area 0 2 (2H) 0 No.2 No.1 No.0 3 (3H) Er Error information area 0 4 (4H) No.2 0 Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result 5 (5H) No.1 No.0 Cr.0(7-0) Start slice No. of execution target Cr.1 Executed command No. 6 (6H) Cr Command result area Cr.2 Response data 1 7 (7H) 8 (8H) Mr Module status area Cr.3 Response data 2 9 (9H) Wr.00 CH1 measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value (Wr.n) Wr Word input area Wr.01 CH2 measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value (Wr.n+1) 10 (AH) No. 0: Head module (ST1H-PB) No. 1: Bus refreshing module (ST1PSD) No. 2: Intelligent Function Module (ST1TD2) (b) Output data Buffer memory address Decimal (Hexadecimal) b15 b8 b7 Bw.0F Bw.0E Bw.0D Bw.0C Bw.0B Bw.0A Bw.09 Bw.08 Bw.07 Bw.06 b0 Bw.05 Bw.04 Bw.03 Bw.02 Bw.01 Bw.00 960(3C0H) 0 No.2 Bw.1F Bw.1E Bw.1D Bw.1C Bw.1B Bw.1A Bw.19 Bw.18 Bw.17 Bw.16 No.1 No.0 Bw.15 Bw.14 Bw.13 Bw.12 Bw.11 Bw.10 Ew.05 Ew.04 Ew.03 Ew.02 Ew.01 Ew.00 Bw Bit output area 961(3C1H) 0 Ew.0F Ew.0E Ew.0D Ew.0C Ew.0B Ew.0A Ew.09 Ew.08 Ew.07 Ew.06 962(3C2H) 0 No.2 Ew.1F Ew.1E Ew.1D Ew.1C Ew.1B Ew.1A Ew.19 Ew.18 Ew.17 Ew.16 No.1 No.0 Ew.15 Ew.14 Ew.13 Ew.12 Ew.11 Ew.10 Ew Error clear area 963(3C3H) 0 964(3C4H) Sw.0 System Area 965(3C5H) Cw.0 Start Slice No. of Execution Target 966(3C6H) Cw.1 Command No. to be Executed 967(3C7H) Cw.2 Argument 1 968(3C8H) Cw.3 Argument 2 969(3C9H) Ww.00 System Area (Ww.n) 970(3CAH) Ww.01 System Area (Ww.n+1) Sw System Area Cw Command execution area Ww Word output area No.0: Head Module(ST1H-PB) No.1: Bus refreshing module (ST1PSD) No.2: Intelligent Function Module (ST1TD2) 6-7 6-7 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST (4) Device assignment in program examples The program example in this section uses the following device assignment. (a) Devices used by QJ71PB92D Device X0 X1B X1D X1F Application Device Exchange start end signal Communication READY signal Module READY signal Watchdog timer error signal Y0 Application Exchange start request signal (b) Devices used by user Device X20 X30 X31 D500 D501 D600, D601 Application Device Application PROFIBUS-DP exchange start command ST1TD2 error code read request ST1TD2 error clear request CH1 measured temperature value read destination CH2 micro voltage conversion value read destination M0 M1 M2 Refresh start request CH1 conversion completed signal CH2 conversion completed signal M100 Command execution signal M200 Operation condition set value write signal ST1TD2 error code read destination M201 M202 M203 M204 M205 M206 M210 M230 Average time/average number of times set value write signal CH1 upper upper/upper lower limit set value write signal CH1 lower upper/lower lower limit set value write signal Conversion enable/disable setting write signal Sensor compensation value write signal Conversion completed channel read signal Conversion start signal ST1TD2 error clear request signal (c) Devices used in I/O data 1) Br Bit input area Br.n Bit input Information Master station side device Br.00 Module READY D1000.0 Br.01 Forced output test mode D1000.1 Br.02 Br.03 Br.04 Module being changed online Command execution D1000.2 Slice No. Module name 0 ST1H-PB 1 D1000.3 D1000.4 Br.05 External power supply status Br.06 Module ready D1000.6 Br.07 Convert setting completed flag D1000.7 Br.08 Conversion completed flag D1000.8 Br.09 Alarm output signal D1000.9 D1000.5 Br.0A 2 ST1PSD 3 ST1TD2 4 D1000.A to Br.1F 6-8 D1001.F 6-8 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST 2) Er.n Error information Er Error information area Information Master station side device Er.00 D1002.0 Er.01 Head module error D1002.1 Er.02 information D1002.2 Er.03 Bus refreshing module D1002.4 Er.05 error information D1002.5 Er.07 Er.08 Er.09 Module name 0 ST1H-PB 1 D1002.3 Er.04 Er.06 Slice No. 2 D1002.6 CH1 error information ST1PSD 3 D1002.7 ST1TD2 D1002.8 CH2 error information 4 D1002.9 Er.0A D1002.A to Er.1F D1003.F 3) Mr.n Module status Mr Module status area Information Master station side device Slice No. Mr. 0 Head module existence D1004.0 0 Mr. 1 information D1004.1 1 D1004.2 2 D1004.3 3 D1004.4 4 Mr.2 Mr.3 Mr.4 Bus refreshing module existence information Module status Mr.5 Module name ST1H-PB ST1PSD ST1TD2 D1004.5 to Mr.15 D1004.F 4) Cr Command result area Cr Command result area Information Master station side device Slice No. Module name Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Cr.0 Result, Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of D1005 Execution Target 6-9 Cr.1 Executed Command No. D1006 Cr.2 Response Data 1 D1007 Cr.3 Response Data 2 D1008 6-9 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST 5) Wr.n Word input Wr Word input area Information Master station side device Slice No. Module name CH1 measured Wr.00 temperature value/micro D1009 voltage conversion value ( Wr.n ) 3 CH2 measured Wr.01 temperature value/micro ST1TD2 D1010 voltage conversion value ( Wr.n+1 ) 6) Bw.n Bit output Bw Bit output area Information Master station side device Bw.00 System area (0 fixed) D2000.0 Bw.01 System area (0 fixed) D2000.1 Bw.02 System area (0 fixed) D2000.2 Bw.03 Command request D2000.3 Bw.04 System area (0 fixed) D2000.4 Bw.05 System area (0 fixed) D2000.5 Bw.06 System area (0 fixed) D2000.6 Bw.07 Convert setting request D2000.7 Bw.08 System area (0 fixed) D2000.8 Bw.09 System area (0 fixed) D2000.9 Bw.0A Slice No. Module name 0 ST1H-PB 1 2 ST1PSD 3 ST1TD2 4 D2000.A to Bw.1F D2001.F 7) Ew.n Error clear Ew Error clear area Information Master station side device Ew.00 Error clear request D2002.0 Ew.01 System area (0 fixed) D2002.1 Ew.02 System area (0 fixed) D2002.2 Ew.03 System area (0 fixed) D2002.3 Ew.04 Error clear request D2002.4 Ew.05 System area (0 fixed) D2002.5 Ew.06 Error clear request D2002.6 Ew.07 System area (0 fixed) D2002.7 Ew.08 System area (0 fixed) D2002.8 Ew.09 System area (0 fixed) D2002.9 Ew.0A Slice No. Module name 0 ST1H-PB 1 2 ST1PSD 3 ST1TD2 4 D2002.A to Ew.1F 6 - 10 D2003.F 6 - 10 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST 8) Sw System area Sw.0 Information System area (0 fixed) 9) Cw Command execution area Cw.0 Cw.1 Sw System area Master station side device Slice No. Module name D2004 Cw Command execution area Information Start Slice No. of Execution Target Command No. to be Executed Master station side device Slice No. Module name Slice No. Module name D2005 D2006 Cw.2 Argument 1 D2007 Cw.3 Argument 2 D2008 10) Ww Word output area Ww Word output Ww.00 Ww.01 6 - 11 Information System area (0 fixed) ( Ww.n ) System area (0 fixed) ( Ww.n+1 ) Master station side device D2009 3 ST1TD2 D2010 6 - 11 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST 6.2.1 Program example available when using auto refresh in QJ71PB92D This section explains a program example available when auto refresh is used in the QJ71PB92D to communicate with the MELSEC-ST system. The program example in this section is based on the system configuration in Section 6.2. (1) Auto refresh setting To use auto refresh, setting must be made on GX Configurator-DP. Refer to the GX Configurator-DP Manual for details. 6 - 12 6 - 12 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST (2) Programming example FDL address 1 initial data write PROFIBUS-DP communication start processing Command parameter setting Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Bw.03 Bw.07 Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed (2302H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Turns on Bw.03 command request Bw.03 Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed (2304H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed (2308H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed (2309H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request The program area enclosed by the dotted line is not required when GX Configurator-ST is used to set the command parameters. 6 - 13 6 - 13 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed (2300H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed (231AH) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Turns on Bw.03 command request Command execution processing Bw.03 Br.03 Turns off conversion enable/disable setting write signal Turns on sensor compensation value write signal Turns off operation condition set value write signal Turns on average time/ average number of times set value write signal Turns off average time/ average number of times set value write signal Turns on CH1 upper upper/upper lower limit set value write signal The program area enclosed by the dotted line is not required when GX Configurator-ST is used to set the command parameters. 6 - 14 6 - 14 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST Br.03 Turns off CH1 upper upper/upper lower limit set value write signal Turns on CH1 lower upper/lower lower limit set value write signal Turns off CH1 lower upper/lower lower limit set value write signal Turns on conversion enable/disable setting write signal Turns off sensor compensation value write signal Turns on conversion start signal Br.03 Turns off Bw.03 command request Bw.03 Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing The program area enclosed by the dotted line is not required when GX Configurator-ST is used to set the command parameters. 6 - 15 6 - 15 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST Turns on convert setting request Br.06 Bw.07 Turns on conversion complete channel read signal Br.07 Measured temperature value and micro voltage conversion value read Br.06 Er.04 Turns on Bw.07 convert setting request Er.07 CH1 measuerd temperature value read Er.09 CH2 micro voltage conversion value read Warning, error handling CH1 alarm output processing Br.00 Br.06 Er.07 Er.06 Er.07 Er.06 Er.09 Er.08 CH1 system error processing CH2 system error processing Error code read Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Bw.03 Cw.1 command no. to be executed (0101H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Bw.03 Conversion complete channel read Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be execution (1301H) Bw.03 Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Turns off conversion complete channel read signal 6 - 16 6 - 16 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST Command execution processing Bw.03 Bw.03 Turns off Bw.03 command request Error code read CH1 and CH2 conversation complete channel read Turns on conversation complete channel read signal Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Error clear Er.07 Er.09 Turns on Ew.06 error clear request Er.07 Ew.06 Er.09 Er.07 Er.09 Ew.06 Turns off Ew.06 error clear request * To use more than one ST1TD2, change the part marked with an astarisk (*) to the conversion complete channel read signal of the 2nd ST1TD2 or after, and add the relevant conversion complete channel read program and the processing program for command execution. 6 - 17 6 - 17 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST 6.3 When Using AJ71PB92D/A1SJ71PB92D as Master Station This section explains a program example available when the AJ71PB92D/A1SJ71PB92D is used as the master station. The program example shown here is the case where the A1SJ71PB92D is used as the master station. (1) System configuration of master station (A1SJ71PB92D) The system configuration of the master station (A1SJ71PB92D) used in this section is shown below. (a) System configuration of master station (A1SJ71PB92D) A2USHCPU-S1 A1SJ71PB92D A1SX42 (b) Settings of master station (A1SJ71PB92D) Item I/O signals Operation mode I/O data area (buffer memory) for FDL address 1 (MELSEC-ST system) Setting Input data Output data X/Y000 to X/Y01F Extended service mode (MODE E) 0(0H) to 10(0AH) 960(3C0H) to 970(3CAH) REMARK The MELSEC-ST system changes in I/O data size depending on the maximum input/output point setting and the number of mounted intelligent function modules. Hence, the master station operation mode is set to the extended service mode (MODE E) where the data size is variable. (2) System configuration of MELSEC-ST system The MELSEC-ST system has the system configuration as described in Section 6.2 (2). (3) I/O data assignment The I/O data assignment result is the same as that described in Section 6.2 (3). 6 - 18 6 - 18 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST (4) Device assignment in program examples The program example in this section uses the following device assignment. (a) Devices used by A1SJ71PB92D Device X0 X0D X1B X1D Application Device Exchange start end signal Watchdog timer error signal Communication READY signal Module READY signal Y0 Application Exchange start request signal (b) Devices used by user Device X20 X30 X31 D500 D501 D600, D601 Application Device Application PROFIBUS-DP exchange start command ST1TD2 error code read request ST1TD2 error clear request CH1 measured temperature value read destination CH2 micro voltage conversion value read destination M0 M1 M2 Refresh start request CH1 conversion completed signal CH2 conversion completed signal M100 Command execution signal M200 Operation condition set value write signal ST1TD2 error code read destination M201 M202 M203 M204 M205 M206 M210 M230 Average time/average number of times set value write signal CH1 upper upper/upper lower limit set value write signal CH1 lower upper/lower lower limit set value write signal Conversion enable/disable setting write signal Sensor compensation value write singal Conversion completed channel read signal Conversion start signal ST1TD2 error clear request signal (c) Devices used in I/O data 1) Br Bit input area Br.n Bit input Information Master station side device Br.00 Module READY B0 Br.01 Forced output test mode B1 Br.02 Br.03 Br.04 Module being changed online Command execution B2 Slice No. Module name 0 ST1H-PB 1 B3 B4 Br.05 External power supply status Br.06 Module ready B6 Br.07 Convert setting completed flag B7 Br.08 Conversion completed flag B8 Br.09 Alarm output signal B9 B5 Br.0A 2 ST1PSD 3 ST1TD2 4 BA to Br.1F 6 - 19 B1F 6 - 19 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST 2) Er.n Error information Er Error information area Information Master station side device Er.00 B20 Er.01 Head module error B21 Er.02 information B22 Er.03 Bus refreshing module B24 Er.05 error information B25 Er.07 Er.08 Er.09 Module name 0 ST1H-PB 1 B23 Er.04 Er.06 Slice No. 2 B26 CH1 error information ST1PSD 3 B27 ST1TD2 B28 CH2 error information 4 B29 Er.0A B2A to Er.1F B3F 3) Mr.n Module status Mr Module status area Information Master station side device Slice No. Mr. 0 Head module existence B40 0 Mr. 1 information B41 1 B42 2 B43 3 B44 4 Mr.2 Mr.3 Mr.4 Bus refreshing module existence information Module status Mr.5 Module name ST1H-PB ST1PSD ST1TD2 B45 to Mr.15 B4F 4) Cr Command result area Cr Command result area Information Master station side device Slice No. Module name Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Cr.0 Result, Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of W0 Execution Target 6 - 20 Cr.1 Executed Command No. W1 Cr.2 Response Data 1 W2 Cr.3 Response Data 2 W3 6 - 20 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST 5) Wr.n Word input Wr Word input area Information Master station side device Slice No. Module name CH1 measured Wr.00 temperature value/micro W4 voltage conversion value ( Wr.n ) 3 CH2 measured Wr.01 temperature value/micro ST1TD2 W5 voltage conversion value ( Wr.n+1 ) 6) Bw.n Bit output Bw Bit output area Information Master station side device Bw.00 System area (0 fixed) B1000 Bw.01 System area (0 fixed) B1001 Bw.02 System area (0 fixed) B1002 Bw.03 Command request B1003 Bw.04 System area (0 fixed) B1004 Bw.05 System area (0 fixed) B1005 Bw.06 System area (0 fixed) B1006 Bw.07 Convert setting request B1007 Bw.08 System area (0 fixed) B1008 Bw.09 System area (0 fixed) B1009 Bw.0A Slice No. Module name 0 ST1H-PB 1 2 ST1PSD 3 ST1TD2 4 B100A to Bw.1F B101F 7) Ew.n Error clear Ew Error clear area Information Master station side device Ew.00 Error clear request B1020 Ew.01 System area (0 fixed) B1021 Ew.02 System area (0 fixed) B1022 Ew.03 System area (0 fixed) B1023 Ew.04 Error clear request B1024 Ew.05 System area (0 fixed) B1025 Ew.06 Error clear request B1026 Ew.07 System area (0 fixed) B1027 Ew.08 System area (0 fixed) B1028 Ew.09 System area (0 fixed) B1029 Ew.0A Slice No. Module name 0 ST1H-PB 1 2 ST1PSD 3 ST1TD2 4 B102A to Ew.1F 6 - 21 B103F 6 - 21 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST 8) Sw System area Sw.0 Information System area (0 fixed) 9) Cw Command execution area Cw.0 Cw.1 Sw System area Master station side device Slice No. Module name B1040 to B104F Cw Command execution area Information Start Slice No. of Execution Target Command No. to be Executed Master station side device Slice No. Module name Slice No. Module name W1000 W1001 Cw.2 Argument 1 W1002 Cw.3 Argument 2 W1003 10) Ww Word output area Ww Word output Ww.00 Ww.01 6 - 22 Information System area (0 fixed) ( Ww.n ) System area (0 fixed) ( Ww.n+1 ) Master station side device W1004 3 ST1TD2 W1005 6 - 22 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST (5) Program example FDL address 1 initial data write PROFIBUS-DP communication start processing Input area read Command parameter setting Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Bw.03 Bw.07 Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed (2302H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Turns on Bw.03 command request Bw.03 Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed (2304H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed (2308H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request The program area enclosed by the dotted line is not required when GX Configurator-ST is used to set the command parameters. 6 - 23 6 - 23 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed (2309H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed (2300H) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed (231AH) Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Command execution processing Bw.03 The program area enclosed by the dotted line is not required when GX Configurator-ST is used to set the command parameters. 6 - 24 6 - 24 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST Turns off conversion enable/disable setting write signal Turns on sensor compensation value write signal Turns off operation condition set value write signal Turns on average time/ average number of times set value write signal Turns off average time/ average number of times set value write signal Turns on CH1 upper upper/upper lower limit set value write signal Br.03 Turns off CH1 upper upper/upper lower limit set value write signal Turns on CH1 lower upper/lower lower limit set value write signal Turns off CH1 lower upper/lower lower limit set value write signal Turns on conversion enable/disable setting write signal Turns off sensor compensation value write signal Turns on conversation start signal Br.03 Bw.03 Turns off Bw.03 command request The program area enclosed by the dotted line is not required when GX Configurator-ST is used to set the command parameters. 6 - 25 6 - 25 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST * Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Turns on convert setting request Turns on Bw.07 convert setting request Br.06 Br.07 Turns on conversion complete channel signal Measured temperature value and micro voltage conversion value read Br.06 Er.04 Er.07 CH1 measured temperature value read Er.09 CH2 micro voltage conversion value read Warning, error handling CH1 alarm output processing Br.00 Br.06 Er.07 Er.06 Er.07 Er.06 Er.09 Er.08 CH1 system error processing CH2 system error processing Error code read Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed (0101H) Bw.03 Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Conversion complete channel read Br.00 Br.06 Br.03 Cw.0 start slice no. of execution target Cw.1 command no. to be executed (1301H) Bw.03 Cw.2 argument 1 Cw.3 argument 2 Bw.03 Turns on Bw.03 command request Turns off conversion complete channel signal The program area enclosed by the dotted line is not required when GX Configurator-ST is used to set the command parameters. 6 - 26 6 - 26 6 PROGRAMMING MELSEC-ST Br.03 Bw.03 Turns off Bw.03 command request Error code read CH1 and CH2 conversion complete channel read Turns on conversion complete channel read signal Command execution result error processing Command execution result error processing Error clear Er.07 Er.09 Er.07 Ew.06 Turns on Ew.06 error clear request Er.09 Er.07 Er.09 Ew.06 Br.00 Turns off Ew.06 error clear request Output area write * To use more than one ST1TD2, change the part marked with an astarisk (*) to the conversion complete channel read signal of the 2nd ST1TD2 or after, and add the relevant conversion complete channel read program and the processing program for command execution. 6 - 27 6 - 27 7 ONLINE MODULE CHANGE MELSEC-ST 7 ONLINE MODULE CHANGE When performing online module change, make sure to read through Section 4.4 "Online module change" in the head module user's manual. This chapter describes the specifications of an online module change. (1) Perform an online module change by operating the head module buttons or using GX Configurator-ST. (2) The user parameter, command parameter and user range setting's offset/gain setting values are automatically handed down to the new module. (3) Using GX Configurator-ST, the offset/gain setting can be made during an online module change. When higher accuracy is required, perform the offset/gain setting during an online module change using GX Configurator-ST. 7.1 Precautions for Online Module Change The following are the precautions for online module change. (1) To perform the online module change, the system configuration must be appropriate for execution of the online module change. For details, refer to the MELSEC-ST System User's Manual, "3.4 Precautions for System Configuration". Executing the online module change in an inappropriate system configuration may result in malfunction or failure. In such a system configuration, shut off all phases of the external power supply for the MELSEC-ST system to replace a slice module. (2) Be sure to perform an online module change in the "online module change procedure" in the user's manual of the used head module and in the procedure given in Section 7.4.1 of this manual. Failure to do so can cause a malfunction or failure. (3) Before starting an online module change, confirm that the external device connected with the slice module to be removed will not malfunction. (4) Only the slice modules of the same model name can be replaced online. It is not possible to replace with/add the slice module of different model name. (5) Only one slice module can be replaced in a single online module change process. To replace multiple slice modules, perform an online module change for each module. (6) While an online module change is being executed (while the REL. LED of the head module is on), no command can be executed from the master station to the slice module being replaced online. To do so will cause an error. 7-1 7-1 7 7 ONLINE MODULE CHANGE MELSEC-ST (7) When changing the user parameter of the slice module from the master station during online module change (while the head module's REL. LED is on), change it after the online module change is completed. If the user parameter setting is changed from the master station during the online module change, the new setting is not validated since the new user parameter values are overwritten by the user parameter saved in the head module when the online module change is finished. (8) During an online module change, the ERR. LED of the head module turns on only when an error related to the online module change occurs. It will not turn on or flicker when any other error occurs. (9) While an online module change is being executed (while the REL. LED of the head module is on), the following data of the slice module being replaced online all turn to 0 (OFF). • Br.n Bit input • Er.n Error information • Mr.n Module status • Wr.n Word input (10) After an online module change, the accuracy of the user range setting is decreased about three times or more compared with the one before the online module change. When the user range setting is used, set the offset and gain values again as necessary. (11) Make sure to perform online module change in the normal mode. (12) Except the error clear request, the forced output test of GX Configurator-ST cannot be used for the module being changed online. If it is used, the module will not operate. It will not display an error, either. 7 7-2 7-2 7 ONLINE MODULE CHANGE MELSEC-ST 7.2 Preparations for Online Module Change Prepare GX Configurator-ST when changing the ST1TD2 online. Depending on the module failure status, the user parameter, command parameter and user range setting's offset/gain setting values may not be saved into the head module. Refer to Section 7.4.1 for the procedure used in the parameter setting or offset/gain setting during an online module change. When GX Configurator-ST is unavailable, make the following preparations. Failure to do so may not import the offset/gain setting values of user range setting and others to the new module, if these settings cannot be saved into the head module. (1) Command parameter When GX Configurator-ST is unavailable, the command parameter must be set by commands after an online module change is finished. Include a command parameter setting program in the master station program. Refer to Section 6.2.1 and Section 6.3 for the command parameter setting program. (2) Offset/gain setting values When the user range setting is used and GX Configurator-ST is unavailable, the offset/gain setting must be made by commands after completion of online module change. Include an offset/gain setting program in the master station program. Refer to Section 4.5 for the offset/gain setting program. POINT When GX Configurator-ST is unavailable, set the command parameter and offset/gain setting values after the module has operated once by default. REMARK The preparations for the user parameter are not specially required since the values set by the configuration software of the master station are written from the head module. 7.3 Disconnecting/Connecting the External Device for Online Module Change Disconnect and connect the ST1TD2 external device according to the following. (1) Disconnection Power off the external device. (2) Connection Power on the external device. 7-3 7-3 7 ONLINE MODULE CHANGE MELSEC-ST 7.4 Online Module Change Procedure This section explains how to make the parameter setting or offset/gain setting during an online module change when the user parameter, command parameter and user range setting's offset/gain setting values could not be saved in the head module or when the user range setting is used and high accuracy is required. For the other online module change procedure, refer to the user's manual of the head module. 7.4.1 When parameter setting or offset/gain setting is performed using GX Configurator-ST during online module change POINT If a slice module different from the target one is selected by mistake, restart the operation as instructed below. (1) To restart the operation at step 3) Click the Cancel button on the screen to terminate online module change. (2) When you noticed on the screen in step 4) Do not change the slice module, click the Next button, and perform the operations in steps 7), 12), 13) to complete the online module change once. (3) To restart the operation at step 7) Mount the removed slice module again, click the Next button, and perform the operations in steps 12), 13) to complete the online module change once. 7-4 7-4 7 ONLINE MODULE CHANGE MELSEC-ST Preparation for replacing ST1TD2 1) Select the ST1TD2 to be replaced online on the "System Monitor" screen. Select ST1TD2 2) Click the Online Module Change button on the "System Monitor" screen. Then, confirm that the RUN LED of the selected ST1TD2 is flashing at 0.25s intervals. REMARK Instead of the above, the following operations are also available. • Select [Diagnostics] [Online Module Change]. • Right-click the ST1TD2 selected at step 1), and click [Online Module Change] on the menu. (Continued to next page.) 7-5 7-5 7 ONLINE MODULE CHANGE MELSEC-ST (From the previous page.) 3) Confirm that the ST1TD2 displayed as "Target Module" is the ST1TD2 to be replaced and click the Next button. (a) Clicking the Next button validates the settings and the following will be performed. • Puts the head module into the online module change mode. • Save the user parameter, command parameter and user range setting's offset/gain setting values of the ST1TD2 to be changed into the head module. (b) After clicking the Next button, confirm the following module statuses. • The REL. LED of the head module is on. • The RUN LED of the target ST1TD2 is off. • The "Module Status" indicator of the target module has turned purple. This applies only when monitoring from the "System Monitor" screen. (c) If the user parameter, command parameter and user range setting's offset/gain setting values could not be read from the ST1TD2, the REL. LED and ERR. LED of the head module turn on and the corresponding error message is displayed on the screen by the operation in step 7). Confirm the error definition. For details of the error code reading operation and error code of the head module, refer to the user's manual of the used head module. When making parameter setting and offset/gain setting to the new ST1TD2, perform the operations in step 4, and later. When not executing online module change, click the Cancel button. (a) Clicking the Cancel button causes the screen to show that online module change is cancelled. Clicking the Exit button returns to the step 1). (Continued to next page.) 7-6 7-6 7 ONLINE MODULE CHANGE MELSEC-ST (From the previous page.) Disconnection from external device 4) As the left screen appears, power off the external device connected with the ST1TD2 to be removed. POINT If the external device cannot be powered off, shut off all phases of the external power for the MELSEC-ST system and replace the ST1TD2. Replacing ST1TD2 5) Remove the ST1TD2 and replace with new one. Change Connection to external device after replacement 6) Mount a new ST1TD2. And then, power on the external device. (Continued to next page.) 7-7 7-7 7 ONLINE MODULE CHANGE MELSEC-ST (From the previous page.) Operations after external device connection 7) After connecting to the external device, click the Next button on the screen at step 4). (a) Clicking the Next button performs the following. • Checks whether the module name of the newly mounted slice module is the same as that of the removed one. • Write the user parameter, command parameter and user range setting's offset/gain setting values, which were saved in the head module in step 3), to the mounted ST1TD2. (b) After clicking the Next button, confirm the following module statuses. • The REL. LED of the head module is flashing. • The RUN LED of the newly mounted ST1TD2 is flashing (at 0.25s intervals). Clicking the Cancel button, i.e., interrupting online module change returns to step 1) In this case, select the same slice module as selected before, and complete online module change. Note that selecting different one causes an error. If the parameter setting or user range setting's offset/gain setting values could not be written to the ST1TD2, the REL. LED and ERR. LED of the head module turn on and the screen shown on the left appears. Confirm the error definition. For details of the error code reading operation and error code of the head module, refer to the user's manual of the used head module. (Continued to next page.) 7-8 7-8 7 ONLINE MODULE CHANGE MELSEC-ST (From the previous page.) Parameter setting/offset/gain setting 8) Click the Cancel button to stop the online module change. 9) Click the OK button. 10) Make parameter setting or offset/gain setting. Follow the procedure in Section 5.3 for the parameter setting, or the procedure in Section 5.6 for the offset/gain setting. The following describes the POINT of parameter setting and offset/gain setting to be noted during the online module change. POINT (1) As the system is already in the diagnostic mode, the mode need not be changed. (2) When setting the parameters during an online module change, write them to both the RAM and ROM. After the control resumes, the module will operates with the setting written on the RAM. (3) If the parameter setting or user range setting's offset/gain setting values could not be read from the old ST1TD2, the user parameter have been written when the operation in step 7, was performed. Using GX Configurator-ST, check whether the user parameter have been written. (4) When offset/gain setting was made during an online module change, the RUN LED of the ST1TD2 flickers at 0.25s intervals even in the offset/gain setting mode. (Continued to next page.) 7-9 7-9 7 ONLINE MODULE CHANGE MELSEC-ST (From the previous page.) Processing after parameter setting or offset/gain setting 11) After parameter setting or offset/gain setting, execute the operations in steps 1), 2) to resume the online module change. * Select the same ST1TD2 as before the online module change was stopped. If the selected ST1TD2 is different, an error will occur. 12) Clicking the Next button releases the head module from the online module change mode. (a) Clicking the Next button performs the following. • Releases the head module from the online module change mode. • Restarts refreshing the I/O data, etc. (b) After clicking the Next button, confirm the following module statuses. • The REL. LED of the head module is off. • The RUN LED of the newly mounted ST1TD2 is on. • The "Module Status" indicator of the target ST1TD2 has turned white. This applies only when monitoring from the "System Monitor" screen. (c) If the head module cannot be released from the online module change mode, both REL. LED and ERR. LED of the head module turn on. Confirm the error definition. For details of the error code reading operation and error code of the head module, refer to the user's manual of the used head module. When interrupting online module exchange, click the Cancel button. (a) Clicking the Cancel button, i.e., interrupting online module change returns to step 1). In this case, select the same slice module as selected before, and complete online module change. Note that selecting different one causes an error. (Continued to next page.) 7 - 10 7 - 10 7 ONLINE MODULE CHANGE MELSEC-ST (From the previous page.) 13) The left screen appears showing that online module change has been completed. Click the Finish button. (Completed) 7 - 11 7 - 11 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8 COMMAND This chapter explains the commands. 8.1 Command List The ST1TD2 supports command execution that uses the Cw Command execution area/ Cr Command result area of the head module. For the command execution procedure, refer to the user's manual of the used head module. A list of commands that can be executed by the ST1TD2 is given in Table 8.1. Table 8.1 Command List (1/2) Command Command type Common command 8 ST1TD2 parameter setting read command Command No. Executability Description Command name 1) 2) 3) Reference section 0100H Operating status read request Reads the operating status of the ST1TD2. Section 8.2.1 0101H Error code read request Reads the error code of the ST1TD2. Section 8.2.2 1300H Conversion enable/ disable setting read Reads the conversion enable/disable setting from the RAM of the ST1TD2. Section 8.3.1 1301H Conversion completion channel read Reads the currently valid conversion enable/ disable setting and conversion completed status. Section 8.3.2 1302H Operation condition set value read Reads the sampling process/averaging process specification and alarm output setting from the RAM of the ST1TD2. Section 8.3.3 1304H CH average time/ average number of times set value read Reads the set number of times or time amount of the averaging process from the RAM of the ST1TD2. Section 8.3.4 1308H CH1 upper upper/upper lower limit set value read 1309H CH1 lower upper/lower lower limit set value read 130AH CH2 upper upper/upper lower limit set value read 130BH CH2 lower upper/lower lower limit set value read 1318H User parameter set value read Reads the input type setting, offset/gain value selection and cold junction temperature compensation setting RAM of the ST1TD2. Section 8.3.7 131AH Sensor compensation value read From the ST1TD2’s RAM, reads out a compensation value when an error is identified between "the actual temperature/voltage" and "the measured temperature/voltage". Section 8.3.8 Section 8.3.5 Reads the upper upper limit value/upper lower limit value/lower upper limit value/lower lower limit value of the alarm output from the RAM of the ST1TD2. Section 8.3.6 Section 8.3.5 Section 8.3.6 : Can be executed : Cannot be executed 1) When Bw.n+1 convert setting request is OFF (0) in the normal mode 2) When Bw.n+1 convert setting request is ON (1) in the normal mode 3) When the module is in the offset/gain setting mode 8-1 8-1 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST Table 8.1 Command List (2/2) Command Command type ST1TD2 parameter setting write command ST1TD2 control command Command No. Executability Description Command name 1) 2) 3) Reference section 2300H Conversion enable/ disable setting write Writes the conversion enable/disable setting to the RAM of the ST1TD2. Section 8.4.1 2302H Operation condition set value write Writes the sampling process/averaging processing specification and alarm output setting to the RAM of the ST1TD2. Section 8.4.2 2304H CH average time/ average number of times set value write. Writes the set number of times or time amount of the averaging processing to the RAM of the ST1TD2. Section 8.4.3 2308H CH1 upper upper/upper lower limit set value write 2309H CH1 lower upper/lower lower limit set value write 230AH CH2 upper upper/upper lower limit set value write 230BH CH2 lower upper/lower lower limit set value write 231AH Sensor compensation value write Writes a compensation value to the ST1TD2’s RAM when an error is identified between "the actual temperature/voltage" and "the measured temperature/voltage". Section 8.4.6 3300H Parameter setting ROM read Reads the parameters from the ROM of the ST1TD2 to the RAM. Section 8.5.1 3301H Parameter setting ROM write Writes the parameters from the RAM of the ST1TD2 to the ROM. Section 8.5.2 3302H Operation mode setting Changes the mode of the ST1TD2. Section 8.5.3 3303H Offset channel specification Specifies the offset channel of offset/gain setting and adjusts the offset value. Section 8.5.4 3304H Gain channel specification Specifies the gain channel of offset/gain setting and adjusts the gain value. Section 8.5.5 3305H User range write Writes the adjusted offset/gain settings to the ROM of the ST1TD2 Section 8.5.6 Section 8.4.4 Writes the upper upper limit value/upper lower limit value or lower upper limit value/lower lower limit value of the alarm output to the RAM of the ST1TD2. Section 8.4.5 Section 8.4.4 Section 8.4.5 : Can be executed : Cannot be executed 1) When Bw.n+1 convert setting request is OFF (0) in the normal mode 2) When Bw.n+1 convert setting request is ON (1) in the normal mode 3) When the module is in the offset/gain setting mode If a command is executed when it cannot be executed, it fails and "06H" or "13H" is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. 8-2 8-2 8 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.2 Common Command 8.2.1 Operating status read request (Command No.: 0100H) Reads the operating status of the ST1TD2. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. Cw.0 (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 0100H Cw.2 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) Cw.3 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) The operating status of the ST1TD2 is stored. b15 to b1 b0 0 Cr.2 1) 1) 0: Normal 1: System error The current operation mode of the ST1TD2 is stored. b15 to 0 Cr.3 b2 b1 b0 1) 1) 01: Normal mode 10: Offset/gain setting mode 8-3 8-3 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8-4 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8-4 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.2.2 Error code read request (Command No.: 0101H) Reads the error code of the ST1TD2. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. Cw.0 (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 0101H Cw.2 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) Cw.3 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 Cr.2 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) The error code currently occurring in the ST1TD2 is stored. (Hexadecimal) Refer to Section 9.1 for details of the error code. The alarm information is stored for each channel. b15 to 0 Cr.3 1) CH b4 b3 to b0 1) alarm status (b0: CH1 upper limit value, b1: CH1 lower limit value, b2: CH2 upper limit value, b3: CH2 lower limit value) 0: Normal 1: Alarm occurrence 8-5 8-5 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8-6 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8-6 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.3 ST1TD2 Parameter Setting Read Command 8.3.1 Conversion enable/disable setting read (Command No.: 1300H) Reads the conversion enable/disable setting from the RAM of the ST1TD2. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. Cw.0 (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 1300H Cw.2 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) Cw.3 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) The conversion enable/disable setting written to the RAM is stored for each channel. b15 to b2 b1 0 Cr.2 1) CH b0 1) Conversion enable/disable setting (b0: CH1, b1: CH2) 0: Conversion enable 1: Conversion disable Cr.3 8-7 0000H 8-7 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8-8 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8-8 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.3.2 Conversion completion channel read (Command No.: 1301H) Reads the currently valid conversion enable/disable setting and conversion completed status. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. Cw.0 (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 1301H Cw.2 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) Cw.3 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) The currently valid conversion enable/disable setting is stored for each channel. b15 to b2 b1 0 b0 1) Cr.2 1) CH conversion enable/disable setting (b0: CH1, b1: CH2) 0: Conversion enable 1: Conversion disable The conversion completed status is stored for each channel. b15 to b2 0 b1 b0 1) Cr.3 1) CH conversion completed setting (b0: CH1, b1: CH2) 0: Conversion being executed or not used 1: Conversion completed 8-9 8-9 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 10 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 10 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.3.3 Operation condition set value read (Command No.: 1302H) Reads the averaging process specification and alarm output setting from the RAM of the ST1TD2. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. Cw.0 (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 1302H Cw.2 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) Cw.3 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) The averaging process specification is stored for each channel. b15 to b10 b9 0 b8 b7 2) to b2 b1 0 b0 1) 1) Time averaging/number of times averaging specification (b0: CH1, b1: CH2) Cr.2 0: Number of times averaging 1: Time averaging 2) Averaging-processed channel specification (b8: CH1, b9: CH2) 0: Sampling process 1: Averaging process The alarm output setting is stored for each channel. b15 to 0 b2 b1 b0 1) Cr.3 1) Alarm output setting (b0: CH1, b1: CH2) 0: Alarm output processing not performed 1: Alarm output processing performed 8 - 11 8 - 11 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 12 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 12 8 COMMAND 8.3.4 CH MELSEC-ST average time/average number of times set value read (Command No.: 1304H) Reads the set number of times or time amount of the averaging process from the RAM of the ST1TD2. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. Cw.0 (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 1304H Cw.2 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) Cw.3 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) The set number of times or time of the averaging process for channel 1 is stored. Cr.2 The value in the following range is stored. The averaging processing is by the number of times : 4 to 500 (times). The averaging processing by the times : 480 to 5000 (ms). Cr.3 8 - 13 The set number of times or time of the averaging process for channel 2 is stored. The range of the stored value is the same as in Cr.2 Response data 1. 8 - 13 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 14 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 14 8 COMMAND 8.3.5 CH MELSEC-ST upper upper/upper lower limit set value read (Command No.: 1308H, 130AH) Reads the upper upper limit value/upper lower limit value of the alarm output from the RAM of the ST1TD2. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. Cw.0 (Hexadecimal) CH1 upper upper/upper lower limit set value read: 1308H Cw.1 CH2 upper upper/upper lower limit set value read: 130AH Cw.2 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) Cw.3 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 Cr.2 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) The CH upper upper limit value is stored. (16-bit signed binary) The range to store the data is from -32768 to 32767. Cr.3 8 - 15 The CH upper lower limit value is stored. (16-bit signed binary) The range of the stored value is the same as in Cr.2 Response data 1. 8 - 15 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 16 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 16 8 COMMAND 8.3.6 CH MELSEC-ST lower upper/lower lower limit set value read (Command No.: 1309H, 130BH) Reads the lower upper limit value/ lower lower limit value of the alarm output from the RAM of the ST1TD2. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. Cw.0 (Hexadecimal) CH1 lower upper/ lower lower limit set value read: 1309H Cw.1 CH2 lower upper/ lower lower limit set value read: 130BH Cw.2 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) Cw.3 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 Cr.2 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) The CH lower upper limit value is stored. (16-bit signed binary) The range to store the data is from -32768 to 32767. Cr.3 8 - 17 The CH lower lower limit value is stored. (16-bit signed binary) The range of the stored value is the same as in Cr.2 Response data 1. 8 - 17 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 18 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 18 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.3.7 User parameter set value read (Command No.: 1318H) Reads the input type setting, offset/gain value selection and cold junction temperature compensation setting from the RAM of the ST1TD2. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Cw.0 Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 1318H Cw.2 Cw.3 8 - 19 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) 8 - 19 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) The input type setting, offset/gain value selection and cold junction temperature compensation setting written to the RAM are stored for each channel. b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 0 Cr.2 b8 b7 b0 0 1) CH input type setting b0 to b3:CH1,b4 to b7:CH2 0000 : Thermocouple K 0001 : Thermocouple E 0010 : Thermocouple J 0011 : Thermocouple T 0100 : Thermocouple B 0101 : Thermocouple R 0110 : Thermocouple S 0111 : Thermocouple N 1111 : Micro voltage input 2) CH offset/gain setting b8:CH1,b9:CH2) 0 : Factory default 1 : User range setting 3) CH cold junction temperature compensation setting b12:CH1,b13:CH2) 0 : Cold junction temperature compensation not performed 1 : Cold junction temperature compensation performed The currently valid input type setting, offset/gain value selection, cold junction Cr.3 temperature compensation setting are stored for each channel. The stored values are the same as those of Cr.2 Response data 1. If the stored values differ between Cr.2 Response data 1 and Cr.3 Response data 2, refer to Section 3.4 and take corrective action. 8 - 20 8 - 20 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 21 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 21 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.3.8 Sensor compensation value read (Command No.: 131AH) From the ST1TD2's RAM, reads out a compensation value when an error is identified between "the actual temperature/voltage" and "the measured temperature/voltage". (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. Cw.0 (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 131AH Cw.2 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) Cw.3 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 Cr.2 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) The CH1 sensor compensation value is stored. The range to store the data is from -500 to 500. Cr.3 8 - 22 The CH2 sensor compensation value is stored. The range of the stored value is the same as in Cr.2 Response data 1. 8 - 22 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 23 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 23 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.4 ST1TD2 Parameter Setting Write Command 8.4.1 Conversion enable/disable setting write (Command No.: 2300H) Writes the conversion enable/disable setting to the RAM of the ST1TD2. This command can be executed only when Bw.n+1 convert setting request is off (0) in the normal mode. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. Cw.0 (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 2300H Set the conversion enable/disable setting for each channel. b15 b2 to 0 b1 b0 1) Cw.2 CH Conversion enable/disable setting (b0: CH1, b1: CH2) 0: Conversion enable 1: Conversion disable Cw.3 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 8 - 24 0000H 8 - 24 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 25 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 25 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.4.2 Operation condition set value write (Command No.: 2302H) Writes the averaging process specification and alarm output setting to the RAM of the ST1TD2. This command can be executed only when Bw.n+1 convert setting request is off (0) in the normal mode. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Cw.0 Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 2302H Specify the channel where sampling process or averaging process will be performed. When averaging process is specified, specify time or number of times. b15 to b10 b9 0 Cw.2 b8 b7 2) to b2 b1 0 b0 1) 1) Time/number of times specification (b0: CH1, b1: CH2) 0: Number of times averaging 1: Time averaging 2) Averaging-processed channel specification (b8: CH1, b9: CH2) 0: Sampling process 1: Averaging process Specify the channel where alarm output will be executed. b15 to 0 b2 b1 b0 1) Cw.3 1) Alarm output setting (b0: CH1, b1: CH2) 0: Alarm output processing not performed 1: Alarm output processing performed 8 - 26 8 - 26 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cr.3 0000H (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 27 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 27 8 COMMAND 8.4.3 CH MELSEC-ST average time/average number of times set value write (Command No.: 2304H) Writes the set number of times or time amount of the averaging processing to the RAM of the ST1TD2. This command can be executed only when Bw.n+1 convert setting request is off (0) in the normal mode. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. Cw.0 (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 2304H Set the number of times or time of the averaging process for channel 1. The value in the following range is stored. Cw.2 The averaging process by the number of times: 4 to 500 (times). The averaging processing by the time: 480 to 5000 (ms). Set the number of times or time of the averaging process for channel 2. Cw.3 The setting range is the same as in Cw.2 Argument 1. (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cr.3 8 - 28 0000H 8 - 28 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 29 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 29 8 COMMAND 8.4.4 CH MELSEC-ST upper upper/upper lower limit set value write (Command No.: 2308H, 230AH) Writes the upper upper limit value/upper lower limit value to the RAM of the ST1TD2. This command can be executed only when Bw.n+1 convert setting request is off (0) in the normal mode. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Cw.0 Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. (Hexadecimal) CH1 upper upper/upper lower limit set value write: 2308H Cw.1 CH2 upper upper/upper lower limit set value write: 230AH Set the upper upper limit value of the alarm output. Setting range on each input type is shown below. Setting of thermocouple input is in 0.1 [Example] To set to 0.3 Input type Thermocouple K Thermocouple E Thermocouple J Thermocouple T Thermocouple B Thermocouple R Thermocouple S Thermocouple N Micro voltage input Cw.2 unit. ...Store 3. Setting range (Accuracy guarantee range) -2700 to 13720 (-2000 to 12000) -2700 to 10000 (-2000 to 9000) -2100 to 12000 (-400 to 7500) -2700 to 4000 (-2000 to 3500) 0 to 18200 (6000 to 17000) -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) -2700 to 13000 (-2000 to 12500) -21000 to 21000 (-20000 to 20000) Make setting to satisfy the condition of upper upper value upper value upper lower value lower lower lower value. Set the upper lower limit value of the alarm output. Cw.3 The setting range is the same as in Cw.2 Argument 1 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cr.3 8 - 30 0000H 8 - 30 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 31 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 31 8 COMMAND 8.4.5 CH MELSEC-ST lower upper/ lower lower limit set value write (Command No.: 2309H, 230BH) Writes the lower upper limit value/lower lower limit value to the RAM of the ST1TD2. This command can be executed only when Bw.n+1 convert setting request is off (0) in the normal mode. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Cw.0 Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. (Hexadecimal) CH1 lower upper/ lower lower limit set value write: 2309H Cw.1 CH2 lower upper/ lower lower limit set value write: 230BH Set the lower upper limit value of the alarm output. Setting range on each input type is shown below. Setting of thermocouple input is in 0.1 [Example] To set to 0.3 Input type Thermocouple K Thermocouple E Thermocouple J Thermocouple T Thermocouple B Thermocouple R Thermocouple S Thermocouple N Micro voltage input Cw.2 unit. ...Store 3. Setting range (Accuracy guarantee range) -2700 to 13720 (-2000 to 12000) -2700 to 10000 (-2000 to 9000) -2100 to 12000 (-400 to 7500) -2700 to 4000 (-2000 to 3500) 0 to 18200 (6000 to 17000) -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) -2700 to 13000 (-2000 to 12500) -21000 to 21000 (-20000 to 20000) Make setting to satisfy the condition of upper upper value upper value upper lower value lower lower lower value. Set the lower lower limit value of the alarm output. Cw.3 The setting range is the same as in Cw.2 Argument 1 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cr.3 8 - 32 0000H 8 - 32 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 33 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 33 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.4.6 Sensor compensation value write (Command No.: 231AH) Writes a compensation value to the ST1TD2’s RAM when an error is identified between "the actual temperature/voltage" and "the measured temperature/voltage". (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Cw.0 Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 231AH Set the sensor compensation value for channel 1. Setting of thermocouple input is in 0.1 [Example] To set to 0.3 Cw.2 unit. ...Enter "3". Setting of micro voltage input is in 4 V /digits unit. [Example] When the micro voltage conversion value is 10003 at 40mV input … Enter "-3". The setting range is -500 to 500. Set the sensor compensation value for channel 2. Cw.3 The setting range is the same as in Cw.2 Argument 1 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cr.3 8 - 34 0000H 8 - 34 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 35 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 35 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.5 ST1TD2 Control Command 8.5.1 Parameter setting ROM read (Command No.: 3300H) Reads the parameters from the ROM of the ST1TD2 to the RAM. This command can be executed only when Bw.n+1 convert setting request is off (0) in the normal mode. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution area Setting value Cw.0 Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 3300H Cw.2 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) Cw.3 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cr.3 0000H (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution 8 - 36 Cr.1 Target. The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 36 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.5.2 Parameter setting ROM write (Command No.: 3301H) Writes the parameters from the RAM of the ST1TD2 to the ROM. This command can be executed only when Bw.n+1 convert setting request is off (0) in the normal mode. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. Cw.0 (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 3301H Cw.2 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) Cw.3 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cr.3 8 - 37 0000H 8 - 37 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. POINT Execute Parameter setting ROM write (command number: 3301H) after confirming that normal operation is performed with the settings written to the RAM. 8 - 38 8 - 38 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.5.3 Operation mode setting (Command No.: 3302H) Changes the mode of the ST1TD2. (Normal mode to offset/gain setting mode, offset/gain setting mode to normal mode) This command can be executed when Bw.n+1 convert setting request is off (0) in the normal mode or when the module is in the offset/gain setting mode. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. Cw.0 (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 3302H Set the operation mode. Cw.2 0000H : Normal mode 0001H : Offset/gain setting mode Cw.3 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 8 - 39 0000H 8 - 39 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 40 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 40 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.5.4 Offset channel specification (Command No.: 3303H) Specify the channel where the offset value will be adjusted. When this command is executed, the value given to ST1TD2 is written in RAM as the offset value. This command can be executed only in the offset/gain setting mode. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Cw.0 Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 3303H Specify the channel where the offset value of offset/gain setting will be adjusted. Values can be set to multiple channels at a time. b15 to 0 Cw.2 b2 b1 b0 1) 1) Offset channel specification (b0: CH, b1: CH2) 0: Invalid 1: Channel to set Set the acceptable temperature setting value and/or voltage setting value for input. • The temperature setting value is set in the unit of 0.1 . [Example] To set to 0.3 ...Store 3. • The voltage setting range is set in the unit of 0.01mV. [Example] To set to 3mV...Store 300. Setting range on each input type is shown below. Cw.3 8 - 41 Input type Thermocouple K Thermocouple E Thermocouple J Thermocouple T Thermocouple B Thermocouple R Thermocouple S Thermocouple N Micro voltage input Setting range (Accuracy guarantee range) -2700 to 13720 (-2000 to 12000) -2700 to 10000 (-2000 to 9000) -2100 to 12000 (-400 to 7500) -2700 to 4000 (-2000 to 3500) 0 to 18200 (6000 to 17000) -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) -2700 to 13000 (-2000 to 12500) -8000 to 8000 (-8000 to 8000) 8 - 41 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cr.3 0000H (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 42 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 42 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.5.5 Gain channel specification (Command No.: 3304H) Specify the channel where the gain value will be adjusted. When this command is executed, the value given to ST1TD2 is written in RAM as the gain value. This command can be executed only in the offset/gain setting mode. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution Setting value area Cw.0 Set the start slice no. of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 3304H Specify the channel where the gain value of offset/gain setting will be adjusted. Values can be set to multiple channels at a time. b15 to 0 Cw.2 b2 b1 b0 1) 1) Gain channel specification (b0: CH1, b1: CH2) 0: Invalid 1: Channel to set Set the acceptable temperature setting value and/or voltage setting value for input. • The temperature setting value is set in the unit of 0.1 . [Example] To set to 0.3 ...Store 3. • The voltage setting range is set in the unit of 0.01mV. [Example] To set to 3mV...Store 300. Setting range on each input type is shown below. Cw.3 8 - 43 Input type Thermocouple K Thermocouple E Thermocouple J Thermocouple T Thermocouple B Thermocouple R Thermocouple S Thermocouple N Micro voltage input Setting range (Accuracy guarantee range) -2700 to 13720 (-2000 to 12000) -2700 to 10000 (-2000 to 9000) -2100 to 12000 (-400 to 7500) -2700 to 4000 (-2000 to 3500) 0 to 18200 (6000 to 17000) -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) -2700 to 13000 (-2000 to 12500) -8000 to 8000 (-8000 to 8000) 8 - 43 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cr.3 0000H (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 44 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 44 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.5.6 User range write (Command No.: 3305H) Writes the adjusted offset/gain settings to the ROM of the ST1TD2. This command can be executed only in the offset/gain setting mode. (1) Values set to Cw Command execution area Cw Command execution area Setting value Cw.0 Set the start slice number of the ST1TD2 where the command will be executed. (Hexadecimal) Cw.1 3305H Cw.2 Fixed to 0000H (Any value other than 0000H is ignored.) Cw.3 (2) Execution result in Cr Command result area The execution result of the command changes depending on the result (normal completion or abnormal completion) in Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result. (a) Normal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 Cr.0 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to b0 Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target 00H: Normal completion Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cr.3 0000H (b) Abnormal completion (When Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result is other than 00H) Cr Command result area Result details The command execution result is stored into the higher byte, and the start slice No. of execution target into the lower byte in hexadecimal as shown below. b15 to b8 b7 Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result to Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target b0 1 Cr.0 Other than 00H: Abnormal completion (see Section 8.6) 1: When 0FH is stored into the Cr.0(15-8) Command Execution Result, 00H (start slice No. of head module) is stored into the Cr.0(7-0) Start Slice No. of Execution Target. 8 - 45 Cr.1 The executed command no. is stored. (Hexadecimal) Cr.2 Cw.2 Argument 1 at command execution is stored. Cr.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 at command execution is stored. 8 - 45 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST 8.6 Values Stored into Command Execution Result The following table indicates the values stored into Cr.0(15-8) Command execution result in Cr Command result area. Cr.0 (15-8) Command Description execution Corrective action result 00H Normal completion — Check Table 8.1 to see if the requested command no. can be 01H The requested command is not used with the ST1TD2 or not. available for the specified module. Check whether the specified start slice No. of execution target is the start slice No. of the ST1TD2. 02H The value set in Cw.2 Argument 1 or Check whether the value set to Cw.2 Argument 1 or Cw.3 Cw.3 Argument 2 is outside the Argument 2 in the command execution area is within the range allowable range. usable for the requested command no. Check whether the ST1TD2 is mounted to the specified start 03H The start slice No. of the execution slice No. of execution target. target is wrong. Check whether the specified start slice No. of execution target is the start slice No. of the ST1TD2. Check Table 8.1 to see if the requested command no. can be used with the ST1TD2 or not. 04H There is no response from the When the requested command no. can be used, the possible specified module. cause is a ST1TD2 failure. Please consult your local distributor or branch office, explaining a description of the problem. 05H No communication is available with the specified module. The requested command is not 06H executable in the current operating status (operation mode) of the module. 8 - 46 The possible cause is a ST1TD2 failure. Please consult your local distributor or branch office, explaining a description of the problem. Check Table 8.1 to see if the requested command number can be used with the ST1TD2 or not. User range write (command number: 3305H) or Parameter setting ROM write (command number: 3301H) was executed more than 25 times after power-on. (Error code: 1200H) Execute the command after clearing the error using Ew.n error clear request. When offset/gain setting was made, the offset value was greater than or equal to the gain value (Error code: 400 H). After clearing the error using Ew.n error clear request, make the offset/gain setting again so that the offset value is less than the gain value. When setting the offset/gain values, the gain value minus the offset value is less than or equal to 0.2 , or less than or equal to 20 V. (Error Code: 410 H.) After clearing errors using Ew.n Error clear request, make the offset/gain setting again so that the gain value minus the offset value is more than 0.2 , or more than 20 V. 8 - 46 8 COMMAND MELSEC-ST Cr.0 (15-8) Command execution Description Corrective action result 07H 08H 09H 10H The module has already been in the specified mode. Continue the processing since the operation mode of the ST1TD2 specified by the start slice No. of execution target is the mode already requested. The module cannot be changed into Execute the command after turning Bw.n+1 convert setting the specified mode. request to OFF (0). The specified module is in the online Execute the command after online module change is module change status. completed. Data cannot be read from the Execute the command again. specified module. If the problem on the left persists, the possible cause is a ST1TD2 failure. 11H 13H Data cannot be written to the Please consult your local distributor or branch office, explaining specified module. a description of the problem. The specified module is not in the Execute the command after turning Bw.n+1 convert setting status available for parameter writing. request to OFF (0). The value of Cw.0 Start Slice No. of 0FH Execution Target is outside the applicable range. 8 - 47 Check whether the value set at Cw.0 Start Slice No. of Execution Target is not more than 7FH. 8 - 47 9 TROUBLESHOOTING MELSEC-ST 9 TROUBLESHOOTING This chapter explains the errors that may occur when the ST1TD2 is used, and how to troubleshoot them. 9.1 Error Code List In the ST1TD2, when an error occurs due to write of data to the master module, executing error code read request (command no.: 0101H) stores the error code into Cr Command result area of the head module. Table 9.1 Error code list (1/2) Error code (Hexadecimal) Error level Error name Description Corrective action 1100H System ROM error error ROM fault. Power the ST1TD2 off and then on, or reset the head module. If the error code given on the left is still stored, the possible cause is a ST1TD2 failure. Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative, explaining a detailed description of the problem. 1200H Parameter setting ROM write (command no.: 3301H) or User range write (command no.: 3305H) was System Number of writes executed more than 25 times after power-on. error for ROM error Offset/gain settings were written to the ROM using GX Configurator-ST more than 25 times after power-on. After power-on, execute the command for a single module, or write offset/gain settings to the ROM using GX Configurator-ST, within 25 times. 1300H System Converter error error A converter is faulty. 1400H System Base module error error Base module fault. Turn the convert setting request off to clear the error. Then, turn the convert setting request on again. Power the ST1TD2 off and then on, or reset the head module. If the error code given on the left is still stored, the possible cause is a base module failure. Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative, explaining a detailed description of the problem.* The value set to input type setting is System Input type setting outside the valid range. Set a value that is within the valid 200 H error error indicates the number of the channel range. where the error has occurred. The average time setting is outside the System Average setting range 480 to 5000ms. Set a value that is within the valid 210 H error error indicates the number of the channel range. where the error has occurred. The average number of times setting is System Average setting outside the range 4 to 500 times. Set a value that is within the valid 220 H error error indicates the number of the channel range. where the error has occurred. * If the error code: 1400H is stored after replacing the base module, the ST1TD2 may be faulty. Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative, explaining a detailed description of the problem. 9-1 9-1 9 9 TROUBLESHOOTING MELSEC-ST Table 9.1 Error code list (2/2) Error code Error (Hexadecimal) level Error name Description Corrective action The value set to the upper upper limit value/upper lower limit value/lower upper limit value/lower lower limit value of the alarm output is outside the valid range. Setting range on each input type is shown below. Input type Setting range (Accuracy guarantee range) Thermocouple K -2700 to 13720 (-2000 to 12000) 300 H System Alarm setting error error Thermocouple E -2700 to 10000 (-2000 to 9000) Thermocouple J -2100 to 12000 (-400 to 7500) Set a value that is within the valid range. Thermocouple T -2700 to 4000 (-2000 to 3500) Thermocouple B 0 to 18200 (6000 to 17000) Thermocouple R -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) Thermocouple S -500 to 17680 (0 to 16000) Thermocouple N -2700 to 13000 (-2000 to 12500) Micro voltage input -21000 to 21000 (-20000 to 20000) indicates the number of the channel where the error has occurred. 312 313 314 System Alarm setting error error In the lower upper limit value/lower lower limit value of the alarm output, the lower upper limit value is less than the lower lower limit value. indicates the number of the channel where the error has occurred. System Alarm setting error error In the upper lower limit value/lower upper limit value of the alarm output, the upper lower limit value is less than the lower upper limit value. indicates the number of the channel where the error has occurred. H System Alarm setting error error In the upper upper limit value/upper lower limit value of the alarm output, the upper upper limit value is less than the upper lower limit value. indicates the number of the channel where the error has occurred. H System User range error setting error In User range setting, offset value is equal to or greater than gain value. indicates the number of the channel where the error has occurred. Reset the range so that offset value is smaller than gain value. H System User range error setting error In user range setting, gain value - offset value 0.2 [ ] or gain value - offset value 20[ V] indicates the number of the channel where the error has occurred. Reset the user range to gain value - offset value > 0.2[ ] or gain value - offset value > 20[ V]. H H 9 400 410 500 H 9-2 Line break down has been detected. System Disconnection indicates the number of the channel where the error detection error error has occurred. Re-set the limit values so that the condition of upper upper limit value upper lower limit value lower upper limit value lower lower limit value is satisfied. Check for any abnormality on the signal lines by doing a visual check and performing a continuity check. 9-2 9 TROUBLESHOOTING MELSEC-ST POINT (1) When multiple errors of the same level occur, the code of the error first found by the ST1TD2 is stored. (2) The error can be cleared by turning on Ew.n error clear request. 9-3 9-3 9 TROUBLESHOOTING MELSEC-ST 9.2 Troubleshooting 9.2.1 When the RUN LED is flashing or turned off (1) When flashing at 0.5s intervals Check item Is the offset/gain setting mode active ? Corrective action Execute Operation mode setting (command number: 3302H) to active the normal mode. (see Section 8.5.3). (2) When flashing at 0.25s intervals Check item Is the module selected as the target of online module change? Corrective action Refer to Chapter 7 and take corrective action. (3) When flashing at 1s intervals Check item Corrective action Has data communication been stopped between the master station and head module? Has a parameter communication error occurred between the Refer to the MELSEC-ST System User's Manual and take master station and head module? corrective action. Has an error occurred in another slice module? Has an internal bus error occurred? (4) When off Check item Is a module change enabled during an online module change? Is External SYS. power supply being supplied? Is the capacity of the bus refreshing module adequate? Is the ST1TD2 correctly mounted on the base module? Corrective action Refer to Chapter 7 and take corrective action. Check whether the supply voltage of the bus refreshing module is within the rated range. Calculate the current consumption of the mounted modules, and check that the power supply capacity is sufficient. Check the mounting condition of the ST1TD2. Power the ST1TD2 off and then on, or reset the head module, and check whether the LED turns on. Has a watchdog timer error occurred? If the LED still does not turn on, the possible cause is a ST1TD2 failure. Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative, explaining a detailed description of the problem. 9.2.2 When the RUN LED and the ERR. LED turned on Check item Is an error being generated? 9-4 Corrective action Confirm the error code and take corrective action described in Section 9.1. 9-4 9 TROUBLESHOOTING MELSEC-ST 9.2.3 When line break down has been detected Check item Corrective action Check whether the thermocouple, Connect the thermocouple, compensation lead wire or micro voltage signal compensation lead wire or micro voltage cable securely. signal cable is connected incompletely or not. Is the terminal screw tightened enough when the base module is screw clamp type? Check the connected thermocouple, compensation lead wire or micro voltage signal cable for wire break. Retighten the terminal screws within the specified torque range. For the specified torque range of terminal screw, refer to the MELSEC-ST System User’s Manual. Make continuity check on the thermocouple, compensation lead wire or micro voltage signal cable, and replace it if it is broken. Check whether the channel where no Check the channels which are set to conversion-enabled and the channels thermocouple or micro voltage signal cable is where thermocouples or micro voltage signal cables are connected, and connected is set to conversion-enabled. make the correct conversion enable setting. 9.2.4 Measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion cannot be read Check item Corrective action Is external AUX. power being supplied? Check whether the power distribution modules is supplied with a 24V DC voltage. Is there any fault with the analog signal lines such as broken or disconnected line? Check for any abnormality on the signal lines by doing a visual check or continuity check. Are the offset/gain settings correct? Verify that the offset/gain settings are correct. (see section 4.5 and 5.6) When the user range setting is used, switch it to the factory default setting and check whether conversion is performed correctly or not. If it is correctly performed, redo the offset/gain setting. Is the input type setting correct? Execute user range set value read (command number: 1318H) and confirm the input type setting. (see section 8.3.7) If the input type setting is wrong, make the setting again using the configuration software of the master station. Execute conversion enable/disable setting read (command number: 1300H) Is the conversion enable/disable setting for the and confirm the conversion enable/disable setting. (see section 8.3.1) channel, where data was input, set to If conversion is disabled, enable conversion by executing conversion Disable? enable/disable setting write (command number: 2300H) or using GX Configurator-ST (see section 5.3 and 8.4.1). Check whether Bw.n+1 convert setting request and Br.n+1 convert setting completed flag are on or off using the program of the master station Are Bw.n+1 convert setting request and or the I/O monitor of GX Configurator-ST (see section 5.4). Br.n+1 convert setting completed flag on? If Bw.n+1 convert setting request and Br.n+1 convert setting completed flag are off, reexamine the program of the master station (see section 3.3.1 and 3.3.5). 9-5 9-5 9 TROUBLESHOOTING MELSEC-ST 9.2.5 Measured temperature value is abnormal Check Item Corrective action Check whether the connected thermocouple or compensation lead wire differs from the setting. Check whether the connected thermocouple or compensation lead wire is connected reversely. Set the input type setting (User Parameter) to the connected thermocouple type. Connect the thermocouple or compensation lead wire correctly. Check influence from the ground and adjacent devices, and take action to prevent noise. Is the cold junction temperature compensation Set the cold junction temperature compensation setting (User Parameter) setting correct? correctly. Check whether conversion is made with the other thermocouple set after setting of the Make offset/gain setting again for the thermocouple changed. offset/gain value. Check for noise in the thermocouple input. 9.2.6 Micro voltage conversion value is abnormal Check Item Corrective action Check whether the input type set is a thermocouple or not. Set the input type setting (User Parameter) to the micro voltage input. Check the micro voltage signal cable for noise. Check influence from grounding and adjacent equipment, and take noise reduction measures. After offset/gain value setting, the other signal Make offset/gain setting again with the newly connected signal cable. cable was connected. POINT If the normal measured temperature value/measured micro voltage value cannot be read after taking corrective actions corresponding to the above check items, the possible cause is a module failure. Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative, explaining a detailed description of the problem. 9-6 9-6 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST APPENDIX Appendix 1 Accessories This section explains the accessories related to the ST1TD2. (1) Wiring maker For how to use the wiring marker, refer to the MELSEC-ST System User's Manual. Model name Description Color ST1A-WMK-BL Terminal marker (-, 0V, N) Blue ST1A-WMK-BK Terminal marker (Signal wire) Black (2) Coding element The coding element is fitted before shipment. It is also available as an option in case it is lost. Shape Model name ST1A-CKY-16 Description Coding element for ST1TD2 Base module Slice module side side Color Dusty gray Indicates the position of the projection or hole when the coding element is viewed from above. : Projection : Hole App App - 1 App - 1 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Appendix 2 Usual Operation Limit and Superheated Operation Limits Conform to JIS C1602-1995 Component symbol K E J T B R S N Old symbol (reference) CA Wire diameter mm Usual operation Superheated operating limit 0.65 650 850 1.00 750 950 1.60 850 1050 2.30 900 1100 3.20 1000 1200 0.65 450 500 1.00 500 550 1.60 550 600 2.30 600 750 3.20 700 800 0.65 400 500 1.00 450 550 1.60 500 650 2.30 550 750 3.20 600 750 0.32 200 250 0.65 200 250 1.00 250 300 1.60 300 350 - 0.50 1500 1700 - 0.50 1400 1600 0.65 850 900 1.00 950 1000 1.60 1050 1100 2.30 1100 1150 3.20 1200 1250 CRC IC CC - Note : The usual operation limit refers to the temperature limit of the air in which the module can be continuously used. The superheated operating limit refers to the limit of temperature at which the module can be used in a short period of the time unavoidable cases. App App - 2 App - 2 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Appendix 3 Allowable Temperature Differences Conform to IEC584-2, JIS C1602-1995 Component symbol K E J T Measured temperature - 40 or more but less than 375 375 or more but less than 1000 - 40 or more but less than 333 333 or more but less than 1200 - 200 or more but less than -167 - 167 or more but less than 40 - 40 or more but less than 375 375 or more but less than 800 - 40 or more but less than 333 333 or more but less than 900 - 200 or more but less than -167 - 167 or more but less than 40 - 40 or more but less than 375 375 or more but less than 750 - 40 or more but less than 333 333 or more but less than 750 - 40 or more but less than 125 125 or more but less than 350 - 40 or more but less than 133 133 or more but less than 350 - 200 B R or more but less than 40 600 or more but less than 1700 600 or more but less than 800 800 or more but less than 1700 0 or more but less than 1100 0 or more but less than 600 600 S N or more but less than -67 - 67 or more but less than 1600 0 or more but less than 1100 0 or more but less than 600 600 or more but less than 1600 - 40 or more but less than 375 375 or more but less than 1000 - 40 or more but less than 333 333 or more but less than 1200 - 200 or more but less than -167 - 167 or more but less than 40 Class Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 Class 1 Class 2 Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 Class 2 Class 3 Class 1 Class 2 Class 1 Class 2 Class 1 Class 2 Class 3 Allowable difference ±1.5 ±0.4% of the measured temperature ±2.5 ±0.75% of the measured temperature ±1.5% of the measured temperature ±2.5 ±1.5 ±0.4% of the measured temperature ±2.5 ±0.75% of the measured temperature ±1.5% of the measured temperature ±2.5 ±1.5 ±0.4% of the measured temperature ±2.5 ±0.75% of the measured temperature ±0.5 ±0.4% of the measured temperature ±1 ±0.75% of the measured temperature ±1.5% of the measured temperature ±1 ±0.25% of the measured temperature ±4 ±0.5% of the measured temperature ±1 ±1.5 ±0.25% of the measured temperature ±1 ±1.5 ±0.2% of the measured temperature ±1.5 ±0.4% of the measured temperature ±2.5 ±0.75% of the measured temperature ±1.5% of the measured temperature ±2.5 Note : The allowable difference refers to the maximum allowable limit for the difference between the resultant temperature of a conversion from thermal electromotive force using a standard thermal electromotive force chart, and the temperature at temperature detector contact. The greater value of or % will take effect for the allowable difference. App - 3 App - 3 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Appendix 4 Thermal Electromotive Force Chart The calculation formula for accuracy differs according to the relation between the measured temperature and the operating ambient temperature. (1) When the measured temperature is higher than the operating ambient temperature (Accuracy) = (conversion accuracy) + (temperature characteristic) (operating ambient temperature variation) + (cold junction temperature compensation accuracy) Operating ambient temperature variation: A value of deviation from the operating ambient temperature range of 25 5°C Example: When the thermocouple used is B (Refer to Section 3.1 (2), the operating ambient temperature is 35°C, the measured temperature is 1000°C, and the cold junction temperature compensation setting is set, the accuracy is: ( 3.5°C) + ( 0.35°C) (35°C - 30°C) + ( 2.5°C) = 7.75°C (2) When the measured temperature is lower than the operating ambient temperature (Accuracy) = (conversion accuracy) + (temperature characteristic) (operating ambient temperature variation) + (cold junction temperature compensation accuracy) (compensation value for cold junction compensation accuracy) Operating ambient temperature variation: A value of deviation from the operating ambient temperature range of 25 5°C When the measured temperature is lower than the operating ambient temperature, the cold junction compensation accuracy is lowered because the thermocouple’s thermal electromotive force does not have a linear characteristic. Based on the thermal electromotive force table, compensate for the cold junction compensation accuracy. Example) In the case of the thermocouple E (Refer to Section 3.1 (2)), operating ambient temperature of 25°C, measured temperature of -100°C and the cold junction temperature compensation yes setting, Type E thermal electromotive force at around 25°C: 61 V/°C Type E thermal electromotive force at around -100°C: 45 V/°C The compensation value for cold junction compensation accuracy is: [61 V/°C]/[45 V/°C]) 1.4 And the accuracy is: ( 1.5°C) + ( 1.5°C) 1.4 = 3.6°C App - 4 App - 4 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Appendix 4.1 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of K Type K Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) -270 -260 -250 -240 -230 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -6458 -6441 -6404 -6344 -6262 -6444 -6408 -6351 -6271 -6446 -6413 -6358 -6280 -6448 -6417 -6364 -6289 -6450 -6421 -6370 -6297 -6452 -6425 -6377 -6306 -6453 -6429 -6382 -6314 -6455 -6432 -6388 -6322 -645-6 -6435 -6393 -6329 -6457 -6438 -6399 -6337 Temperature ( ) -270 -260 -250 -240 -230 -220 -210 -200 -190 -180 -6158 -6035 -5891 -5730 -5550 -6170 -6048 -5907 -5747 -5569 -6181 -6061 -5922 -5763 -5588 -6192 -6074 -5936 -5780 -5606 -6202 -6087 -5951 -5797 -5624 -6213 -6099 -5965 -5813 -5642 -6223 -6111 -5980 -5829 -5660 -6233 -6123 -5994 -5845 -5678 -6243 -6135 -6007 -5861 -5695 -6252 -6147 -6021 -5876 -5713 -220 -210 -200 -190 -180 -170 -160 -150 -140 -130 -5354 -5141 -4913 -4669 -4411 -5374 -5163 -4936 -4694 -4437 -5395 -5185 -4960 -4719 -4463 -5415 -5207 -4983 -4744 -4490 -5435 -5228 -5006 -4768 -4516 -5454 -5250 -5029 -4793 -4542 -5474 -5271 -5052 -4817 -4567 -5493 -5292 -5074 -4841 -4593 -5512 -5313 -5097 -4865 -4618 -5531 -5333 -5119 -4889 -4644 -170 -160 -150 -140 -130 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -4138 -3852 -3554 -3243 -2920 -4166 -3882 -3584 -3274 -2953 -4194 -3911 -3614 -3306 -2986 -4221 -3939 -3645 -3337 -3018 -4249 -3968 -3675 -3368 -3050 -4276 -3997 -3705 -3400 -3083 -4303 -4025 -3734 -3431 -3115 -4330 -4054 -3764 -3462 -3147 -4357 -4082 -3794 -3492 -3179 -4384 -4110 -3823 -3523 -3211 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -2587 -2243 -1889 -1527 -1156 -2620 -2278 -1925 -1564 -1194 -2654 -2312 -1961 -1600 -1231 -2688 -2347 -1996 -1637 -1268 -2721 -2382 -2032 -1673 -1305 -2755 -2416 -2067 -1709 -1343 -2788 -2450 -2103 -1745 -1380 -2821 -2485 -2138 -1782 -1417 -2854 -2519 -2173 -1818 -1453 -2887 -2553 -2208 -1854 -1490 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 -778 -392 -0 -816 -431 -39 -854 -470 -79 -892 -508 -118 -930 -547 -157 -968 -586 -197 -1006 -624 -236 -1043 -663 -275 -1081 -701 -314 -1119 -739 -353 -20 -10 0 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 397 798 1203 1612 39 437 838 1244 1653 79 477 879 1285 1694 119 517 919 1326 1735 158 557 960 1366 1776 198 597 1000 1407 1817 238 637 1041 1448 1858 277 677 1081 1489 1899 317 718 1122 1530 1941 357 758 1163 1571 1982 50 60 70 80 90 2023 2436 2851 3267 3682 2064 2478 2893 3308 3723 2106 2519 2934 3350 3765 2147 2561 2976 3391 3806 2188 2602 3017 3433 3848 2230 2644 3059 3474 3889 2271 2685 3100 3516 3931 2312 2727 3142 3557 3972 2354 2768 3184 3599 4013 100 110 120 130 140 4096 4509 4920 5328 5735 4138 4550 4961 5369 5775 4179 4591 5002 5410 5815 4220 4633 5043 5450 5856 4262 4674 5084 5491 5896 4303 4715 5124 5532 5937 4344 4756 5165 5572 5977 4385 4797 5206 5613 6017 4427 4838 5247 5653 6058 2395 2810 3225 3640 4055 357 4468 4879 5288 5694 6098 357 App - 5 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 App - 5 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type K Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit Temperature ( ) 150 160 170 180 190 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6138 6540 6941 7340 7739 6179 6580 6981 7380 7779 6219 6620 7021 7420 7819 6259 6660 7060 7460 7859 6299 6701 7100 7500 7899 6339 6741 7140 7540 7939 6380 6781 7180 7579 7979 6420 6821 7220 7619 8019 6460 6861 7260 7659 8059 200 210 220 230 240 8138 8539 8940 9343 9747 8178 8579 8980 9383 9788 8218 8619 9020 9423 9828 8258 8659 9061 9464 9869 8298 8699 9101 9504 9909 8338 8739 9141 9545 9950 8378 8779 9181 9585 9991 8418 8819 9222 9626 10031 8458 8860 9262 9666 10072 6500 6901 7300 7699 8099 357 8499 8900 9302 9707 10113 250 260 270 280 290 10153 10561 10971 11382 11795 10194 10602 11012 11423 11836 10235 10643 11053 11465 11877 10276 10684 11094 11506 11919 10316 10725 11135 11547 11960 10357 10766 11176 11588 12001 10398 10807 11217 11630 12043 10439 10848 11259 11671 12084 10480 10889 11300 11712 12126 10520 10930 11341 11753 12167 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 12209 12624 13040 13457 13874 12250 12665 13081 13498 13916 12291 12707 13123 13540 13958 12333 12748 13165 13582 14000 12374 12790 13206 13624 14042 12416 12831 13248 13665 14084 12457 12873 13290 13707 14126 12499 12915 13331 13749 14167 12540 12956 13373 13791 14209 12582 12998 13415 13833 14251 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 14293 14713 15133 15554 15975 14335 14755 15175 15596 16017 14377 14797 15217 15638 16059 14419 14839 15259 15680 16102 14461 14881 15301 15722 16144 14503 14923 15343 15764 16186 14545 14965 15385 15806 16228 14587 15007 15427 15849 16270 14629 15049 15469 15891 16313 14671 15091 15511 15933 16355 350 360 370 380 390 400 410 420 430 440 16397 16820 17243 17667 18091 16439 16862 17285 17709 18134 16482 16904 17328 17752 18176 16524 16947 17370 17794 18218 16566 16989 17413 17837 18261 16608 17031 17455 17879 18303 16651 17074 17497 17921 18346 16693 17116 17540 17964 18388 16735 17158 17582 18006 18431 16778 17201 17624 18049 18473 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 18516 18941 19366 19792 20218 18558 18983 19409 19835 20261 18601 19026 19451 19877 20303 18643 19068 19494 19920 20346 18686 19111 19537 19962 20389 18728 19154 19579 20005 20431 18771 19196 19622 20048 20474 18813 19239 19664 20090 20516 18856 19281 19707 20133 20559 18898 19324 19750 20175 20602 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 20644 21071 21497 21924 22350 20687 21113 21540 21966 22393 20730 21156 21582 22009 22435 20772 21199 21625 22052 22478 20815 21241 21668 22094 22521 20857 21284 21710 22137 22563 20900 21326 21753 22179 22606 20943 21369 21796 22222 22649 20985 21412 21838 22265 22691 21028 21454 21881 22307 22734 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 22776 23203 23629 24055 24480 22819 23245 23671 24097 24523 22862 23288 23714 24140 24565 22904 23331 23757 24182 24608 22947 23373 23799 24225 24650 22990 23416 23842 24267 24693 23032 23458 23884 24310 24735 23075 23501 23927 24353 24778 23117 23544 23970 24395 24820 23160 23586 24012 24438 24863 550 560 570 580 590 App - 6 V Temperature ( ) 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 App - 6 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type K Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 600 610 620 630 640 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 24905 25330 25755 26179 26602 24948 25373 25797 26221 26644 24990 25415 25840 26263 26687 25033 25458 25882 26306 26729 25075 25500 25924 26348 26771 25118 25543 25967 26390 26814 25160 25585 26009 26433 26856 25203 25627 26052 26475 26898 25245 25670 26094 26517 26940 25288 25712 26136 26560 26983 Temperature ( ) 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 27025 27447 27869 28289 28710 27067 27489 27911 28332 28752 27109 27531 27953 28374 28794 27152 27574 27995 28416 28835 27194 27616 28037 28458 28877 27236 27658 28079 28500 28919 27278 27700 28121 28542 28961 27320 27742 28163 28584 29003 27363 27784 28205 28626 29045 27405 27826 28247 28668 29087 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 730 740 29129 29548 29965 30382 30798 29171 29589 30007 30424 30840 29213 29631 30049 30466 30881 29255 29673 30090 30507 30923 29297 29715 30132 30549 30964 29338 29757 30174 30590 31006 29380 29798 30216 30632 31047 29422 29840 30257 30674 31089 29464 29882 30299 30715 31130 29506 29924 30341 30757 31172 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 31213 31628 32041 32453 32865 31255 31669 32082 32495 32906 31296 31710 32124 32536 32947 31338 31752 32165 32577 32988 31379 31793 32206 32618 33029 31421 31834 32247 32659 33070 31462 31876 32289 32700 33111 31504 31917 32330 32742 33152 31545 31958 32371 32783 33193 31586 32000 32412 32824 33234 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 33275 33685 34093 34501 34908 33316 33726 34134 34542 34948 33357 33767 34175 34582 34989 33398 33808 34216 34623 35029 33439 33848 34257 34664 35070 33480 33889 34297 34704 35110 33521 33930 34338 34745 35151 33562 33971 34379 34786 35192 33603 34012 34420 34826 35232 33644 34053 34460 34867 35273 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 880 890 35313 35718 36121 36524 36925 35354 35758 36162 36564 36965 35394 35798 36202 36604 37006 35435 35839 36242 36644 37046 35475 35879 36282 36685 37086 35516 35920 36323 36725 37126 35556 35960 36363 36765 37166 35596 36000 36403 36805 37206 35637 36041 36443 36845 37246 35677 36081 36484 36885 37286 850 860 870 880 890 900 910 920 930 940 37326 37725 38124 38522 38918 37366 37765 38164 38561 38958 37406 37805 38204 38601 38997 37446 37845 38243 38641 39037 37486 37885 38283 38680 39076 37526 37925 38323 38720 39116 37566 37965 38363 38760 39155 37606 38005 38402 38799 39195 37646 38044 38442 38839 39235 37686 38084 38482 38878 39274 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 990 39314 39708 40101 40494 40885 39353 39747 40141 40533 40924 39393 39787 40180 40572 40963 39432 39826 40219 40611 41002 39471 39866 40259 40651 41042 39511 39905 40298 40690 41081 39550 39944 40337 40729 41120 39590 39984 40376 40768 41159 39629 40023 40415 40807 41198 39669 40062 40455 40846 41237 950 960 970 980 990 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 41276 41665 42053 42440 42826 41315 41704 42092 42479 42865 41354 41743 42131 42518 42903 41393 41781 42169 42556 42942 41431 41820 42208 42595 42980 41470 41859 42247 42633 43019 41509 41898 42286 42672 43057 41548 41937 42324 42711 43096 41587 41976 42363 42749 43134 41626 42014 42402 42788 43173 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 App - 7 App - 7 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type K Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 43211 43595 43978 44359 44740 43250 43633 44016 44397 44778 43288 43672 44054 44435 44816 43327 43710 44092 44473 44853 43365 43748 44130 44512 44891 43403 43787 44169 44550 44929 43442 43825 44207 44588 44967 43480 43863 44245 44626 45005 43518 43901 44283 44664 45043 43557 43940 44321 44702 45081 Temperature ( ) 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 45119 45497 45873 46249 46623 45157 45534 45911 46286 46660 45194 45572 45948 46324 46697 45232 45610 45986 46361 46735 45270 45647 46024 46398 46772 45308 45685 46061 46436 46809 45346 45723 46099 46473 46847 45383 45760 46136 46511 46884 45421 45798 46174 46548 46921 45459 45836 46211 46585 46958 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 46995 47367 47737 48105 48473 47033 47404 47774 48142 48509 47070 47441 47811 48179 48546 47107 47478 47848 48216 48582 47144 47515 47884 48252 48619 47181 47552 47921 48289 48656 47218 47589 47958 48326 48692 47256 47626 47995 48363 48729 47293 47663 48032 48399 48765 47330 47700 48069 48436 48802 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 48838 49202 49565 49926 50286 48875 49239 49601 49962 50322 48911 49275 49637 49998 50358 48948 49311 49674 50034 50393 48984 49348 49710 50070 50429 49021 49384 49746 50106 50465 49057 49420 49782 50142 50501 49093 49456 49818 50178 50537 49130 49493 49854 50214 50572 49166 49529 49890 50250 50608 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 50644 51000 51355 51708 52060 50680 51036 51391 51744 52095 50715 51071 51426 51779 52130 50751 51107 51461 51814 52165 50787 51142 51497 51849 52200 50822 51178 51532 51885 52235 50858 51213 51567 51920 52270 50894 51249 51603 51955 52305 50929 51284 51638 51990 52340 50965 51320 51673 52025 52375 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 1300 1310 1320 1330 1340 52410 52759 53106 53451 53795 52445 52794 53140 53486 53830 52480 52828 53175 53520 53864 52515 52863 53210 53555 53898 52550 52898 53244 53589 53932 52585 52932 53279 53623 53967 52620 52967 53313 53658 54001 52654 53002 53348 53692 54035 52689 53037 53382 53727 54069 52724 53071 53417 53761 54104 1300 1310 1320 1330 1340 1350 1360 1370 54138 54479 54819 54172 54513 54852 54206 54547 54886 54240 54581 54274 54615 54308 54649 54343 54683 54377 54717 54411 54751 54445 54785 1350 1360 1370 REMARK Standard contact temperature is 0 . App - 8 App - 8 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Appendix 4.2 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of E Type E Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) -270 -260 -250 -240 -230 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -9835 -9797 -9718 -9604 -9455 -9802 -9728 -9617 -9471 -9808 -9737 -9630 -9487 -9813 -9746 -9642 -9503 -9817 -9754 -9654 -9519 -9821 -9762 -9666 -9534 -9825 -9770 -9677 -9548 -9828 -9777 -9688 -9563 -9831 -9784 -9698 -9577 -9833 -9790 -9709 -9591 Temperature ( ) -270 -260 -250 -240 -230 -220 -210 -200 -190 -180 -9274 -9063 -8825 -8561 -8273 -9293 -9085 -8850 -8588 -8303 -9313 -9107 -8874 -8616 -8333 -9331 -9129 -8899 -8643 -8362 -9350 -9151 -8923 -8669 -8391 -9368 -9172 -8947 -8696 -8420 -9386 -9193 -8971 -8722 -8449 -9404 -9214 -8994 -8748 -8477 -9421 -9234 -9017 -8774 -8505 -9438 -9254 -9040 -8799 -8533 -220 -210 -200 -190 -180 -170 -160 -150 -140 -130 -7963 -7632 -7279 -6907 -6516 -7995 -7666 -7315 -6945 -6556 -8027 -7700 -7351 -6983 -6596 -8059 -7733 -7387 -7021 -6636 -8090 -7767 -7423 -7058 -6675 -8121 -7800 -7458 -7096 -6714 -8152 -7833 -7493 -7133 -6753 -8183 -7866 -7528 -7170 -6792 -8213 -7899 -7563 -7206 -6831 -8243 -7931 -7597 -7243 -6869 -170 -160 -150 -140 -130 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -6107 -5681 -5237 -4777 -4302 -6149 -5724 -5282 -4824 -4350 -6191 -5767 -5327 -4871 -4398 -6232 -5810 -5372 -4917 -4446 -6273 -5853 -5417 -4963 -4494 -6314 -5896 -5461 -5009 -4542 -6355 -5939 -5505 -5055 -4589 -6396 -5981 -5549 -5101 -4636 -6436 -6023 -5593 -5147 -4684 -6476 -6065 -5637 -5192 -4731 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -3811 -3306 -2787 -2255 -1709 -3861 -3357 -2840 -2309 -1765 -3911 -3408 -2892 -2362 -1820 -3960 -3459 -2944 -2416 -1874 -4009 -3510 -2996 -2469 -1929 -4058 -3561 -3048 -2523 -1984 -4107 -3611 -3100 -2576 -2038 -4156 -3661 -3152 -2629 -2093 -4205 -3711 -3204 -2682 -2147 -4254 -3761 -3255 -2735 -2201 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 -1152 -582 0 -1208 -639 -59 -1264 -697 -117 -1320 -754 -176 -1376 -811 -234 -1432 -868 -292 -1488 -925 -350 -1543 -982 -408 -1599 -1039 -466 -1654 -1095 -524 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 591 1192 1801 2420 59 651 1252 1862 2482 118 711 1313 1924 2545 176 770 1373 1986 2607 235 830 1434 2047 2670 294 890 1495 2109 2733 354 950 1556 2171 2795 413 1010 1617 2233 2858 472 1071 1678 2295 2921 532 1131 1740 2357 2984 -20 -10 0 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 3048 3685 4330 4985 5648 3111 3749 4395 5051 5714 3174 3813 4460 5117 5781 3238 3877 4526 5183 5848 3301 3942 4591 5249 5915 3365 4006 4656 5315 5982 3429 4071 4722 5382 6049 3492 4136 4788 5448 6117 3556 4200 4853 5514 6184 3620 4265 4919 5581 6251 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 6319 6998 7685 8379 9081 6386 7066 7754 8449 9151 6454 7135 7823 8519 9222 6522 7203 7892 8589 9292 6590 7272 7962 8659 9363 6658 7341 8031 8729 9434 6725 7409 8101 8799 9505 6794 7478 8170 8869 9576 6862 7547 8240 8940 9647 6930 7616 8309 9010 9718 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 9789 10503 11224 11951 12684 9860 10575 11297 12024 12757 9931 10647 11369 12097 12831 10003 10719 11442 12170 12904 10074 10791 11514 12243 12978 10145 10863 11587 12317 13052 10217 10935 11660 12390 13126 10288 11007 11733 12463 13199 10360 11080 11805 12537 13273 10432 11152 11878 12610 13347 150 160 170 180 190 App - 9 App - 9 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type E Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 200 210 220 230 240 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 13421 14164 14912 15664 16420 13495 14239 14987 15739 16496 13569 14313 15062 15815 16572 13644 14388 15137 15890 16648 13718 14463 15212 15966 16724 13792 14537 15287 16041 16800 13866 14612 15362 16117 16876 13941 14687 15438 16193 16952 14015 14762 15513 16269 17028 14090 14837 15588 16344 17104 Temperature ( ) 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 17181 17945 18713 19484 20259 17257 18021 18790 19561 20336 17333 18098 18867 19639 20414 17409 18175 18944 19716 20492 17486 18252 19021 19791 20569 17562 18328 19098 19871 20647 17639 18405 19175 19948 20725 17715 18482 19252 20026 20803 17792 18559 19330 20103 20880 17868 18636 19407 20181 20958 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 21036 21817 22600 23386 24174 21114 21895 22678 23464 24253 21192 21973 22757 23543 24332 21270 22051 22835 23622 24411 21348 22130 22914 23701 24490 21426 22208 22993 23780 24569 21504 22286 23071 23858 24648 21582 22365 23150 23937 24727 21660 22443 23228 24016 24806 21739 22522 23307 24095 24885 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 24964 25757 26552 27348 28146 25044 25836 26631 27428 28226 25123 25916 26711 27507 28306 25202 25995 26790 27587 28386 25281 26075 26870 27667 28466 25360 26154 26950 27747 28546 25440 26233 27029 27827 28626 25519 26313 27109 27907 28706 25598 26392 27189 27986 28786 25678 26472 27268 28066 28866 350 360 370 380 390 400 410 420 430 440 28946 29747 30550 31354 32159 29026 29827 30630 31434 32239 29106 29908 30711 31515 32320 29186 29988 30791 31595 32400 29266 30068 30871 31676 32481 29346 30148 30952 31756 32562 29427 30229 31032 31837 32642 29507 30309 31112 31917 32723 29587 30389 31193 31998 32803 29667 30470 31273 32078 32884 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 32965 33772 34579 35387 36196 33045 33852 34660 35468 36277 33126 33933 34741 35549 36358 33207 34014 34822 35630 36439 33287 34095 34902 35711 36520 33368 34175 34983 35792 36601 33449 34256 35064 35873 36682 33529 34337 35145 35954 36763 33610 34418 35226 36034 36843 33691 34498 35307 36115 36924 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 37005 37815 38624 39434 40243 37086 37896 38705 39515 40324 37167 37977 38786 39596 40405 37248 38058 38867 39677 40486 37329 38139 38948 39758 40567 37410 38220 39029 39839 40648 37491 38300 39110 39920 40729 37572 38381 39191 40001 40810 37653 38462 39272 40082 40891 37734 38543 39353 40163 40972 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 41053 41862 42671 43479 44285 41134 41943 42751 43560 44367 41215 42024 42832 43640 44448 41296 42105 42913 43721 44529 41377 42185 42994 43802 44609 41457 42266 43075 43883 44690 41538 42347 43156 43963 44771 41619 42428 43236 44044 44851 41700 42509 43317 44125 44932 41781 42590 43398 44206 45013 550 560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 640 45093 45900 46705 47509 48313 45174 45980 46785 47590 48393 45255 46061 46866 47670 48474 45335 46141 46946 47751 48554 45416 46222 47027 47831 48634 45497 46302 47107 47911 48715 45577 46383 47188 47992 48795 45658 46463 47268 48072 48875 45738 46544 47349 48152 48955 45819 46624 47429 48233 49035 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 49116 49917 50718 51517 52315 49196 49997 50798 51597 52395 49276 50077 50878 51677 52475 49356 50157 50958 51757 52555 49436 50238 51038 51837 52634 49517 50318 51118 51916 52714 49597 50398 51197 51996 52794 49677 50478 51277 52076 52873 49757 50558 51357 52156 52953 49837 50638 51437 52236 53033 650 660 670 680 690 App - 10 App - 10 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type E Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 700 710 720 730 740 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 53112 53908 54703 55497 56289 53192 53988 54782 55576 56368 53272 54067 54862 55655 56447 53351 54147 54941 55734 56526 53431 54226 55021 55814 56606 53510 54306 55100 55893 56685 53590 54385 55179 55972 56764 53670 54465 55259 56051 56843 53749 54544 55338 56131 56922 53829 54624 55417 56210 57001 Temperature ( ) 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 57080 57870 58659 59446 60232 57159 57949 58738 59525 60311 57238 58028 58816 59604 60390 57317 58107 58895 59682 60468 57396 58186 58974 59761 60547 57475 58265 59053 59839 60625 57554 58343 59131 59918 60704 57633 58422 59210 59997 60782 57712 58501 59289 60075 60860 57791 58580 59367 60154 60939 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 61017 61801 62583 63364 64144 61096 61879 62662 63442 64222 61174 61958 62740 63520 64300 61253 62036 62818 63598 64377 61331 62114 62896 63676 64455 61409 62192 62974 63754 64533 61488 62271 63052 63832 64611 61566 62349 63130 63910 64689 61644 62427 63208 63988 64766 61723 62505 63286 64066 64844 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 880 890 64922 65698 66473 67246 68017 65000 65776 66550 67323 68094 65077 65853 66628 67400 68174 65155 65931 66705 67478 68248 65233 66008 66782 67555 68325 65310 66086 66860 67632 68402 65388 66163 66937 67709 68479 65465 66241 67014 67786 68556 65543 66318 67092 67863 68633 65621 66396 67169 67940 68710 850 860 870 880 890 900 910 920 930 940 68787 69554 70319 71082 71844 68863 69631 70396 71159 71920 68940 69707 70472 71235 71996 69017 69784 70548 71311 72072 69094 69860 70625 71387 72147 69171 69937 70701 71463 72223 69247 70013 70777 71539 72299 69324 70090 70854 71615 72375 69401 70166 70930 71692 72451 69477 70243 71006 71768 72527 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 990 72603 73360 74115 74869 75621 72678 73435 74190 74944 75696 72754 73511 74266 75019 75771 72830 73586 74341 75095 75847 72906 73662 74417 75170 75922 72981 73738 74492 75245 75997 73057 73813 74567 75320 76072 73133 73889 74643 75395 76147 73208 73964 74718 75471 76223 73284 74040 74793 75546 76298 950 960 970 980 990 1000 76373 App - 11 1000 App - 11 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Appendix 4.3 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of J Type J Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) -210 -200 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -8095 -7890 -7912 -7934 -7955 -7976 -7996 -8017 -8037 -8057 -8076 Temperature ( ) -210 -200 -190 -180 -170 -160 -150 -7659 -7403 -7123 -6821 -6500 -7683 -7429 -7152 -6853 -6533 -7707 -7456 -7181 -6883 -6566 -7731 -7482 -7209 -6914 -6598 -7755 -7508 -7237 -6944 -6631 -7778 -7534 -7265 -6975 -6663 -7801 -7559 -7293 -7005 -6695 -7824 -7585 -7321 -7035 -6727 -7846 -7610 -7348 -7064 -6759 -7868 -7634 -7376 -7094 -6790 -190 -180 -170 -160 -150 -140 -130 -120 -110 -100 -6159 -5801 -5426 -5037 -4633 -6194 -5838 -5465 -5076 -4674 -6229 -5874 -5503 -5116 -4714 -6263 -5910 -5541 -5155 -4755 -6298 -5946 -5578 -5194 -4796 -6332 -5982 -5616 -5233 -4836 -6366 -6018 -5653 -5272 -4877 -6400 -6054 -5690 -5311 -4917 -6433 -6089 -5727 -5350 -4957 -6467 -6124 -5764 -5388 -4997 -140 -130 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -4215 -3786 -3344 -2893 -2431 -4257 -3829 -3389 -2938 -2478 -4300 -3872 -3434 -2984 -2524 -4342 -3916 -3478 -3029 -2571 -4384 -3959 -3522 -3075 -2617 -4425 -4002 -3566 -3120 -2663 -4467 -4045 -3610 -3165 -2709 -4509 -4088 -3654 -3210 -2755 -4550 -4130 -3698 -3255 -2801 -4591 -4173 -3742 -3300 -2847 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 -1961 -1482 -995 -501 0 -2008 -1530 -1044 -550 -50 -2055 -1578 -1093 -600 -101 -2103 -1626 -1142 -650 -151 -2150 -1674 -1190 -699 -201 -2197 -1722 -1239 -749 -251 -2244 -1770 -1288 -798 -301 -2291 -1818 -1336 -847 -351 -2338 -1865 -1385 -896 -401 -2385 -1913 -1433 -946 -451 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 507 1019 1537 2059 50 558 1071 1589 2111 101 609 1122 1641 2164 151 660 1174 1693 2216 202 711 1226 1745 2269 253 762 1277 1797 2322 303 814 1329 1849 2374 354 865 1381 1902 2427 405 916 1433 1954 2480 456 958 1485 2006 2532 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 2585 3116 3650 4187 4726 2638 3169 3703 4240 4781 2691 3222 3757 4294 4835 2744 3275 3810 4348 4889 2797 3329 3864 4402 4943 2850 3382 3918 4456 4997 2903 3436 3971 4510 5052 2956 3489 4025 4564 5106 3009 3543 4079 4618 5160 3062 3596 4133 4672 5215 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 5269 5814 6360 6909 7459 5323 5868 6415 6964 7514 5378 5923 6470 7019 7569 5432 5977 6525 7074 7624 5487 6032 6579 7129 7679 5541 6087 6634 7184 7734 5595 6141 6689 7239 7789 5650 6196 6744 7294 7844 5705 6251 6799 7349 7900 5759 6306 6854 7404 7955 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 8010 8562 9115 9669 10224 8065 8618 9171 9725 10279 8120 8673 9226 9780 10335 8175 8728 9282 9836 10390 8231 8783 9337 9891 10446 8286 8839 9392 9947 10501 8341 8894 9448 10002 10557 8396 8949 9503 10057 10612 8452 9005 9559 10113 10668 8507 9060 9614 10168 10723 150 160 170 180 190 App - 12 App - 12 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type J Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 200 210 220 230 240 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10779 11334 11889 12445 13000 10834 11389 11945 12500 13056 10890 11445 12000 12556 13111 10945 11501 12056 12611 13167 11001 11556 12111 12667 13222 11056 11612 12167 12722 13278 11112 11667 12222 12778 13333 11167 11723 12278 12833 13389 11223 11778 12334 12889 13444 11278 11834 12389 12944 13500 Temperature ( ) 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 13555 14110 14665 15219 15773 13611 14166 14720 15275 15829 13666 14221 14776 15330 15884 13722 14277 14831 15386 15940 13777 14332 14887 15441 15995 13833 14388 14942 15496 16050 13888 14443 14998 15552 16106 13944 14499 15053 15607 16161 13999 14554 15109 15663 16216 14055 14609 15164 15718 16272 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 16327 16881 17434 17986 18538 16383 16936 17489 18041 18594 16438 16991 17544 18097 18649 16493 17046 17599 18152 18704 16549 17102 17655 18207 18759 16604 17157 17710 18262 18814 16659 17212 17765 18318 18870 16715 17268 17820 18373 18925 16770 17323 17876 18428 18980 16825 17378 17931 18483 19035 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 19090 19642 20194 20745 21297 19146 19697 20249 20800 21352 19201 19753 20304 20855 21407 19256 19808 20359 20911 21462 19311 19863 20414 20966 21517 19366 19918 20469 21021 21572 19422 19973 20525 21076 21627 19477 20028 20580 21131 21683 19532 20083 20635 21186 21738 19587 20139 20690 21241 21793 350 360 370 380 390 400 410 420 430 440 21848 22400 22952 23504 24057 21903 22455 23007 23559 24112 21958 22510 23062 23614 24167 22014 22565 23117 23670 24223 22069 22620 23172 23725 24278 22124 22676 23228 23780 24333 22179 22731 23283 23835 24389 22234 22786 23338 23891 24444 22289 22841 23393 23946 24499 22345 22896 23449 24001 24555 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 24610 25164 25720 26276 26834 24665 25220 25775 26332 26889 24721 25275 25831 26387 26945 24776 25331 25886 26443 27001 24832 25386 25942 26499 27057 24887 25442 25998 26555 27113 24943 25497 26053 26610 27169 24998 25553 26109 26666 27225 25053 25608 26165 26722 27281 25109 25664 26220 26778 27337 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 27393 27953 28516 29080 29647 27449 28010 28572 29137 29704 27505 28066 28629 29194 29761 27561 28122 28685 29250 29818 27617 28178 28741 29307 29874 27673 28234 28798 29363 29931 27729 28291 28854 29420 29988 27785 28347 28911 29477 30045 27841 28403 28967 29534 30102 27897 28460 29024 29590 30159 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 30216 30788 31362 31939 32519 30273 30845 31419 31997 32577 30330 30902 31477 32055 32636 30387 30960 31535 32113 32694 30444 31017 31592 32171 32752 30502 31074 31650 32229 32810 30559 31132 31708 32287 32869 30616 31189 31766 32345 32927 30673 31247 31823 32403 32985 30730 31304 31881 32461 33044 550 560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 640 33102 33689 34279 34873 35470 33161 33748 34338 34932 35530 33219 33807 34397 34992 35590 33278 33866 34457 35051 35650 33337 33925 34516 35111 35710 33395 33984 34575 35171 35770 33454 34043 34635 35230 35830 33513 34102 34694 35290 35890 33571 34161 34754 35350 35950 33630 34220 34813 35410 36010 600 610 620 630 640 App - 13 App - 13 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type J Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 650 660 670 680 690 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 36071 36675 37284 37896 38512 36131 36736 37345 37958 38574 36191 36797 37406 38019 38636 36252 36858 37467 38081 38698 36312 36918 37528 38142 38760 36373 36979 37590 38204 38822 36433 37040 37651 38265 38884 36494 37101 37712 38327 38946 36554 37162 37773 38389 39008 36615 37223 37835 38450 39070 Temperature ( ) 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 730 740 39132 39755 40382 41012 41645 39194 39818 40445 41075 41708 39256 39880 40508 41138 41772 39318 39943 40570 41201 41835 39381 40005 40633 41265 41899 39443 40068 40696 41328 41962 39505 40131 40759 41391 42026 39568 40193 40822 41455 42090 39630 40256 40886 41518 42153 39693 40319 40949 41581 42217 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 42281 42919 43559 44203 44848 42344 42983 43624 44267 44913 42408 43047 43688 44332 44977 42472 43111 43752 44396 45042 42536 43175 43817 44461 45107 42599 43239 43881 44525 45171 42663 43303 43945 44590 45236 42727 43367 44010 44655 45301 42791 43431 44074 44719 45365 42855 43495 44139 44784 45430 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 45494 46141 46786 47431 48074 45559 46205 46851 47495 48138 45624 46270 46915 47560 48202 45688 46334 46980 47624 48267 45753 46399 47044 47688 48331 45818 46464 47109 47753 48395 45882 46528 47173 47817 48459 45947 46593 47238 47881 48523 46011 46657 47302 47946 48587 46076 46722 47367 48010 48651 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 880 890 48715 49353 49989 50622 51251 48779 49417 50052 50685 51314 48843 49481 50116 50748 51377 48907 49544 50179 50811 51439 48971 49608 50243 50874 51502 49034 49672 50306 50937 51565 49098 49735 50369 51000 51627 49162 49799 50432 51063 51690 49226 49862 50495 51126 51752 49290 49926 50559 51188 51815 850 860 870 880 890 900 910 920 930 940 51877 52500 53119 53735 54347 51940 52562 53181 53796 54408 52002 52624 53243 53857 54469 52064 52686 53304 53919 54530 52127 52748 53366 53980 54591 52189 52810 53427 54041 54652 52251 52872 53489 54102 54713 52314 52934 53550 54164 54773 52376 52996 53612 54225 54834 52438 53057 53673 54286 54895 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 990 54956 55561 56164 56763 57360 55016 55622 56224 56823 57419 55077 55682 56284 56883 57479 55138 55742 56344 56942 57538 55198 55803 56404 57002 57597 55259 55863 56464 57062 57657 55319 55923 56524 57121 57716 55380 55983 56584 57181 57776 55440 56043 56643 57240 57835 55501 56104 56703 57300 57894 950 960 970 980 990 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 57953 58545 59134 59721 60307 58013 58604 59193 59780 60365 58072 58663 59252 59838 60423 58131 58722 59310 59897 60482 58190 58781 59369 59956 60540 58249 58840 59428 60014 60599 58309 58899 59487 60073 60657 58368 58957 59545 60131 60715 58427 59016 59604 60190 60774 58486 59075 59663 60248 60832 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 60890 61473 62054 62634 63214 60949 61531 62112 62692 63271 61007 61589 62170 62750 63329 61065 61647 62228 62808 63387 61123 61705 62286 62866 63445 61182 61763 62344 62924 63503 61240 61822 62402 62982 63561 61298 61880 62460 63040 63619 61356 61938 62518 63098 63677 61415 61996 62576 63156 63734 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 App - 14 App - 14 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type J Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 63792 64370 64948 65525 66102 63850 64428 65006 65583 66160 63908 64486 65064 65641 66218 63966 64544 65121 65699 66275 64024 64602 65179 65756 66333 64081 64659 65237 65814 66391 64139 64717 65295 65872 66448 64197 64775 65352 65929 66506 64255 64833 65410 65987 66564 64313 64890 65468 66045 66621 Temperature ( ) 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 66679 67255 67831 68406 68980 66737 67313 67888 68463 69037 66794 67370 67946 68521 69095 66852 67428 68003 68578 69152 66910 67486 68061 68636 69209 66967 67543 68119 68693 69267 67025 67601 68176 68751 69324 67082 67658 68234 68808 69381 67140 67716 68291 68865 69439 67198 67773 68348 68923 69496 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 1200 69553 1200 REMARK Standard contact temperature is 0 . App - 15 App - 15 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Appendix 4.4 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of T Type T Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) -270 -260 -250 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -6258 -6232 -6180 -6236 -6187 -6239 -6193 -6242 -6198 -6245 -6204 -6248 -6209 -6251 -6214 -6253 -6219 -6255 -6223 -6256 -6228 Temperature ( ) -270 -260 -250 -240 -230 -220 -210 -200 -6105 -6007 -5888 -5753 -5603 -6114 -6017 -5901 -5767 -5619 -6122 -6028 -5914 -5782 -5634 -6130 -6038 -5926 -5795 -5650 -6138 -6049 -5938 -5809 -5665 -6146 -6059 -5950 -5823 -5680 -6153 -6068 -5962 -5836 -5695 -6160 -6078 -5973 -5850 -5710 -6167 -6087 -5985 -5863 -5724 -6174 -6096 -5996 -5876 -5739 -240 -230 -220 -210 -200 -190 -180 -170 -160 -150 -5439 -5261 -5070 -4865 -4648 -5456 -5279 -5089 -4886 -4671 -5473 -5297 -5109 -4907 -4693 -5489 -5316 -5128 -4928 -4715 -5506 -5334 -5148 -4949 -4737 -5523 -5351 -5167 -4969 -4759 -5539 -5369 -5186 -4989 -4780 -5555 -5387 -5205 -5010 -4802 -5571 -5404 -5224 -5030 -4823 -5587 -5421 -5242 -5050 -4844 -190 -180 -170 -160 -150 -140 -130 -120 -110 -100 -4419 -4177 -3923 -3657 -3379 -4443 -4202 -3949 -3684 -3407 -4466 -4226 -3975 -3711 -3435 -4489 -4251 -4000 -3738 -3463 -4512 -4275 -4026 -3765 -3491 -4535 -4300 -4052 -3791 -3519 -4558 -4324 -4077 -3818 -3547 -4581 -4348 -4102 -3844 -3574 -4604 -4372 -4127 -3871 -3602 -4626 -4395 -4152 -3897 -3629 -140 -130 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -3089 -2788 -2476 -2153 -1819 -3118 -2818 -2507 -2186 -1853 -3148 -2849 -2539 -2218 -1887 -3177 -2879 -2571 -2251 -1920 -3206 -2910 -2602 -2283 -1954 -3235 -2940 -2633 -2316 -1987 -3264 -2970 -2664 -2348 -2021 -3293 -3000 -2695 -2380 -2054 -3322 -3030 -2726 -2412 -2087 -3350 -3059 -2757 -2444 -2120 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 -1475 -1121 -757 -383 0 -1510 -1157 -794 -421 -39 -1545 -1192 -830 -459 -77 -1579 -1228 -867 -496 -116 -1614 -1264 -904 -534 -154 -1648 -1299 -940 -571 -193 -1683 -1335 -976 -608 -231 -1717 -1370 -1013 -646 -269 -1751 -1405 -1049 -683 -307 -1785 -1440 -1085 -720 -345 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 391 790 1196 1612 39 431 830 1238 1654 78 470 870 1279 1696 117 510 911 1320 1738 156 549 951 1362 1780 195 589 992 1403 1823 234 629 1033 1445 1865 273 669 1074 1486 1908 312 709 1114 1528 1950 352 749 1155 1570 1993 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 2036 2468 2909 3358 3814 2079 2512 2953 3403 3860 2122 2556 2998 3448 3907 2165 2600 3043 3494 3953 2208 2643 3087 3539 3999 2251 2687 3132 3585 4046 2294 2732 3177 3631 4092 2338 2776 3222 3677 4138 2381 2820 3267 3722 4185 2425 2864 3312 3768 4232 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 4279 4750 5228 5714 6206 4325 4798 5277 5763 6255 4372 4845 5325 5812 6305 4419 4893 5373 5861 6355 4466 4941 5422 5910 6404 4513 4988 5470 5959 6454 4561 5036 5519 6008 6504 4608 5084 5567 6057 6554 4655 5132 5616 6107 6604 4702 5180 5665 6156 6654 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 6704 7209 7720 8237 8759 6754 7260 7771 8289 8812 6805 7310 7823 8341 8865 6855 7361 7874 8393 8917 6905 7412 7926 8445 8970 6956 7463 7977 8497 9023 7006 7515 8029 8550 9076 7057 7566 8081 8602 9129 7107 7617 8133 8654 9182 7158 7668 8185 8707 9235 150 160 170 180 190 App - 16 App - 16 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type T Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 200 210 220 230 240 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9288 9822 10362 10907 11458 9341 9876 10417 10962 11513 9395 9930 10471 11017 11569 9448 9984 10525 11072 11624 9501 10038 10580 11127 11680 9555 10092 10634 11182 11735 9608 10146 10689 11237 11791 9662 10200 10743 11292 11846 9715 10254 10798 11347 11902 9769 10308 10853 11403 11958 Temperature ( ) 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 12013 12574 13139 13709 14283 12069 12630 13196 13766 14341 12125 12687 13253 13823 14399 12181 12743 13310 13881 14456 12237 12799 13366 13938 14514 12293 12856 13423 13995 14572 12349 12912 13480 14053 14630 12405 12969 13537 14110 14688 12461 13026 13595 14168 14746 12518 13082 13652 14226 14804 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 14862 15445 16032 16624 17219 14920 15503 16091 16683 17279 14978 15562 16150 16742 17339 15036 15621 16209 16802 17399 15095 15679 16268 16861 17458 15153 15738 16327 16921 17518 15211 15797 16387 16980 17578 15270 15856 16446 17040 17638 15328 15914 16505 17100 17698 15386 15973 16564 17159 17759 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 17819 18422 19030 19641 20255 17879 18483 19091 19702 20317 17939 18543 19152 19763 20378 17999 18604 19213 19825 20440 18060 18665 19274 19886 20502 18120 18725 19335 19947 20563 18180 18786 19396 20009 20625 18241 18847 19457 20070 20687 18301 18908 19518 20132 20748 18362 18969 19579 20193 20810 350 360 370 380 390 400 20872 400 REMARK Standard contact temperature is 0 . App - 17 App - 17 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Appendix 4.5 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of B Type B Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 -2 -3 -2 0 0 -2 -3 -2 0 0 -2 -3 -2 0 -1 -2 -3 -2 0 -1 -2 -3 -2 0 -1 -2 -2 -1 1 -1 -2 -2 -1 1 -1 -2 -2 -1 1 -2 -3 -2 -1 2 -2 -3 -2 -1 2 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 2 6 11 17 25 3 7 12 18 26 3 7 12 19 26 3 8 13 20 27 4 8 14 20 28 4 9 14 21 29 4 9 15 22 30 5 10 15 22 31 5 10 16 23 31 6 11 17 24 32 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 33 43 53 65 78 34 44 55 66 79 35 45 56 68 81 36 46 57 69 82 37 47 58 70 84 38 48 59 72 85 39 49 60 73 86 40 50 62 74 88 41 51 63 75 89 42 52 64 77 91 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 92 107 123 141 159 94 109 125 142 161 95 110 127 144 163 96 112 128 146 165 98 113 130 148 166 99 115 132 150 168 101 117 134 151 170 102 118 135 153 172 104 120 137 155 174 106 122 139 157 176 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 178 199 220 243 267 180 201 222 245 269 182 203 225 248 271 184 205 227 250 274 186 207 229 252 276 188 209 231 255 279 190 212 234 257 281 192 214 236 259 284 195 216 238 262 286 197 218 241 264 289 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 291 317 344 372 401 294 320 347 375 404 296 322 349 377 407 299 325 352 380 410 301 328 355 383 413 304 330 358 386 416 307 333 360 389 419 309 336 363 392 422 312 338 366 395 425 314 341 369 398 428 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 431 462 494 527 561 434 465 497 530 564 437 468 500 533 568 440 471 503 537 571 443 474 507 540 575 446 478 510 544 578 449 481 513 547 582 452 484 517 550 585 455 487 520 554 589 458 490 523 557 592 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 596 632 669 707 746 599 636 673 711 750 603 639 677 715 754 607 643 680 719 758 610 647 684 723 762 614 650 688 727 766 617 654 692 731 770 621 658 696 735 774 625 662 700 738 778 628 665 703 742 782 350 360 370 380 390 400 410 420 430 440 787 828 870 913 957 791 832 874 917 961 795 836 878 922 966 799 840 883 926 970 803 844 887 930 975 807 849 891 935 979 811 853 896 939 984 815 857 900 944 988 819 861 904 948 993 824 866 909 953 997 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 1002 1048 1095 1143 1192 1007 1053 1100 1148 1197 1011 1057 1105 1153 1202 1016 1062 1109 1158 1207 1020 1067 1114 1163 1212 1025 1071 1119 1167 1217 1030 1076 1124 1172 1222 1034 1081 1129 1177 1227 1039 1086 1133 1182 1232 1043 1090 1138 1187 1237 450 460 470 480 490 App - 18 App - 18 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type B Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 500 510 520 530 540 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1242 1293 1344 1397 1451 1247 1298 1350 1402 1456 1252 1303 1355 1408 1462 1257 1308 1360 1413 1467 1262 1313 1365 1418 1472 1267 1318 1371 1424 1478 1272 1324 1376 1429 1483 1277 1329 1381 1435 1489 1282 1334 1387 1440 1494 1288 1339 1392 1445 1500 Temperature ( ) 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 1505 1561 1617 1675 1733 1511 1566 1623 1680 1739 1516 1572 1629 1686 1745 1522 1578 1634 1692 1750 1527 1583 1640 1698 1756 1533 1589 1646 1704 1762 1539 1595 1652 1709 1768 1544 1600 1657 1715 1774 1550 1606 1663 1721 1780 1555 1612 1669 1727 1786 550 560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 640 1792 1852 1913 1975 2037 1798 1858 1919 1981 2043 1804 1864 1925 1987 2050 1810 1870 1931 1993 2056 1816 1876 1937 1999 2062 1822 1882 1944 2006 2069 1828 1888 1950 2012 2075 1834 1894 1956 2018 2082 1840 1901 1962 2025 2088 1846 1907 1968 2031 2094 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 2101 2165 2230 2296 2363 2107 2171 2237 2303 2370 2113 2178 2243 2309 2376 2120 2184 2250 2316 2383 2126 2191 2256 2323 2390 2133 2197 2263 2329 2397 2139 2204 2270 2336 2403 2146 2210 2276 2343 2410 2152 2217 2283 2350 2417 2158 2224 2289 2356 2424 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 730 740 2431 2499 2569 2639 2710 2437 2506 2576 2646 2717 2444 2513 2583 2653 2724 2451 2520 2590 2660 2731 2458 2527 2597 2667 2738 2456 2534 2604 2674 2746 2472 2541 2611 2681 2753 2479 2548 2618 2688 2760 2485 2555 2625 2696 2767 2492 2562 2632 2703 2775 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 2782 2854 2928 3002 3078 2789 2862 2935 3010 3085 2796 2869 2943 3017 3093 2803 2876 2950 3025 3100 2811 2884 2958 3032 3108 2818 2891 2965 3040 3116 2825 2898 2973 3047 3123 2833 2906 2980 3055 3131 2840 2913 2987 3062 3138 2847 2921 2995 3070 3146 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 3154 3230 3308 3386 3466 3161 3238 3316 3394 3474 3169 3246 3324 3402 3482 3177 3254 3331 3410 3490 3184 3261 3339 3418 3498 3192 3269 3347 3426 3506 3200 3277 3355 3434 3514 3207 3285 3363 3442 3522 3215 3292 3371 3450 3530 3223 3300 3379 3458 3538 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 880 890 3546 3626 3708 3790 3873 3554 3634 3716 3798 3882 3562 3643 3724 3807 3890 3570 3651 3732 3815 3898 3578 3659 3741 3823 3907 3586 3667 3749 3832 3915 3594 3675 3757 3840 3923 3602 3683 3765 3848 3932 3610 3692 3774 3857 3940 3618 3700 3782 3865 3949 850 860 870 880 890 900 910 920 930 940 3957 4041 4127 4213 4299 3965 4050 4135 4221 4308 3974 4058 4144 4230 4317 3982 4067 4152 4239 4326 3991 4075 4161 4247 4334 3999 4084 4170 4256 4343 4008 4093 4178 4265 4352 4016 4101 4187 4273 4360 4024 4110 4195 4282 4369 4033 4118 4204 4291 4378 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 990 4387 4475 4564 4653 4743 4396 4484 4573 4662 4753 4404 4493 4582 4671 4762 4413 4501 4591 4680 4771 4422 4510 4599 4689 4780 4431 4519 4608 4698 4789 4440 4528 4617 4707 4798 4448 4537 4626 4716 4807 4457 4546 4635 4725 4816 4466 4555 4644 4734 4825 950 960 970 980 990 App - 19 App - 19 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type B Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 4834 4926 5018 5111 5205 4843 4935 5027 5120 5214 4853 4944 5037 5130 5223 4862 4954 5046 5139 5233 4871 4963 5055 5148 5242 4880 4972 5065 5158 5252 4889 4981 5074 5167 5261 4898 4990 5083 5176 5270 4908 5000 5092 5186 5280 4917 5009 5102 5195 5289 Temperature ( ) 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 5299 5394 5489 5585 5682 5308 5403 5499 5595 5692 5318 5413 5508 5605 5702 5327 5422 5518 5614 5711 5337 5432 5528 5624 5721 5346 5441 5537 5634 5731 5356 5451 5547 5643 5740 5365 5460 5556 5653 5750 5375 5470 5566 5663 5760 5384 5480 5576 5672 5770 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 5780 5878 5976 6075 6175 5789 5887 5986 6085 6185 5799 5897 5996 6095 6195 5809 5907 6006 6105 6205 5819 5917 6016 6115 6215 5828 5927 6026 6125 6225 5838 5937 6036 6135 6235 5848 5947 6046 6145 6245 5858 5956 6055 6155 6256 5868 5966 6065 6165 6266 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 6276 6377 6478 6580 6683 6286 6387 6488 6591 6693 6296 6397 6499 6601 6704 6306 6407 6509 6611 6714 6316 6417 6519 6621 6724 6326 6427 6529 6632 6735 6336 6438 6539 6642 6745 6346 6448 6550 6652 6755 6356 6458 6560 6663 6766 6367 6468 6570 6673 6776 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 6786 6890 6995 7100 7205 6797 6901 7005 7110 7216 6807 6911 7016 7121 7226 6818 6922 7026 7131 7237 6828 6932 7037 7142 7247 6838 6942 7047 7152 7258 6849 6953 7058 7163 7269 6859 6963 7068 7173 7279 6869 6974 7079 7184 7290 6880 6984 7089 7194 7300 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 7311 7417 7524 7632 7740 7322 7428 7535 7643 7751 7332 7439 7546 7653 7761 7343 7449 7557 7664 7772 7353 7460 7567 7675 7783 7364 7471 7578 7686 7794 7375 7482 7589 7697 7805 7385 7492 7600 7707 7816 7396 7503 7610 7718 7827 7407 7514 7621 7729 7837 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 1300 1310 1320 1330 1340 7848 7957 8066 8176 8286 7859 7968 8077 8187 8298 7870 7979 8088 8198 8309 7881 7990 8099 8209 8320 7892 8001 8110 8220 8331 7903 8012 8121 8231 8342 7914 8023 8132 8242 8353 7924 8034 8143 8253 8364 7935 8045 8154 8264 8375 7946 8058 8165 8275 8386 1300 1310 1320 1330 1340 1350 1360 1370 1380 1390 8397 8508 8620 8731 8844 8408 8519 8631 8743 8855 8419 8530 8642 8754 8866 8430 8542 8653 8765 8877 8441 8553 8664 8776 8889 8453 8564 8675 8787 8900 8464 8575 8687 8799 8911 8475 8586 8698 8810 8922 8486 8597 8709 8821 8934 8497 8608 8720 8832 8945 1350 1360 1370 1380 1390 1400 1410 1420 1430 1440 8956 9069 9182 9296 9410 8967 9080 9194 9307 9421 8979 9092 9205 9319 9433 8990 9103 9216 9330 9444 9001 9114 9228 9342 9456 9013 9126 9239 9353 9467 9024 9137 9251 9364 9478 9035 9148 9262 9376 9490 9047 9160 9273 9387 9501 9058 9171 9285 9398 9513 1400 1410 1420 1430 1440 1450 1460 1470 1480 1490 9524 9639 9753 9868 9984 9536 9650 9765 9880 9995 9547 9662 9776 9891 10007 9558 9673 9788 9903 10018 9570 9684 9799 9914 10030 9581 9696 9811 9926 10041 9593 9707 9822 9937 10053 9604 9719 9834 9949 10064 9616 9730 9845 9961 10076 9627 9742 9857 9972 10088 1450 1460 1470 1480 1490 App - 20 App - 20 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type B Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 1500 1510 1520 1530 1540 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10099 10215 10331 10447 10563 10111 10226 10342 10458 10575 10122 10238 10354 10470 10586 10134 10249 10365 10482 10598 10145 10261 10377 10493 10609 10157 10273 10389 10505 10621 10168 10284 10400 10516 10633 10180 10296 10412 10528 10644 10192 10307 10423 10540 10656 10203 10319 10435 10551 10668 Temperature ( ) 1500 1510 1520 1530 1540 1550 1560 1570 1580 1590 10679 10796 10913 11029 11146 10691 10808 10924 11041 11158 10703 10819 10936 11053 11169 10714 10831 10948 11064 11181 10726 10843 10959 11076 11193 10738 10854 10971 11088 11205 10749 10866 10983 11099 11216 10761 10877 10994 11111 11228 10773 10889 11006 11123 11240 10784 10901 11018 11134 11251 1550 1560 1570 1580 1590 1600 1610 1620 1630 1640 11263 11380 11497 11614 11731 11275 11392 11509 11626 11743 11286 11403 11520 11637 11754 11298 11415 11532 11649 11766 11310 11427 11544 11661 11778 11321 11438 11555 11673 11790 11333 11450 11567 11684 11801 11345 11462 11579 11696 11813 11357 11474 11591 11708 11825 11368 11485 11602 11719 11836 1600 1610 1620 1630 1640 1650 1660 1670 1680 1690 11848 11965 12082 12199 12316 11860 11977 12094 12211 12327 11871 11988 12105 12222 12339 11883 12000 12117 12234 12351 11895 12012 12129 12246 12363 11907 12024 12141 12257 12374 11918 12035 12152 12269 12386 11930 12047 12164 12281 12398 11942 12059 12176 12292 12409 11953 12070 12187 12304 12421 1650 1660 1670 1680 1690 1700 1710 1720 1730 1740 12433 12549 12666 12782 12898 12444 12561 12677 12794 12910 12456 12572 12689 12805 12921 12468 12584 12701 12817 12933 12479 12596 12712 12829 12945 12491 12607 12724 12840 12956 12503 12619 12736 12852 12968 12514 12631 12747 12863 12980 12526 12642 12759 12875 12991 12538 12654 12770 12887 13003 1700 1710 1720 1730 1740 1750 1760 1770 1780 1790 13014 13130 13246 13361 13476 13026 13142 13257 13373 13488 13037 13153 13269 13384 13499 13049 13165 13280 13396 13511 13061 13176 13292 13407 13522 13072 13188 13304 13419 13534 13084 13200 13315 13430 13545 13095 13211 13327 13442 13557 13107 13223 13338 13453 13568 13119 13234 13350 13465 13580 1750 1760 1770 1780 1790 1800 1810 1820 13591 13706 13820 13603 13717 13614 13729 13626 13740 13637 13752 13649 13763 13660 13775 13672 13786 13683 13797 13694 13809 1800 1810 1820 REMARK Standard contact temperature is 0 . App - 21 App - 21 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Appendix 4.6 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of R Type R Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Temperature ( ) -50 0 Unit -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -226 V Temperature ( ) -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 -188 -145 -100 -51 0 -192 -150 -105 -56 -5 -196 -154 -109 -61 -11 -200 -158 -114 -66 -16 -204 -163 -119 -71 -21 -208 -167 -123 -76 -26 -211 -171 -128 -81 -31 -215 -175 -132 -86 -36 -219 -180 -137 -91 -41 -223 -184 -141 -95 -46 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 54 111 171 232 5 60 117 177 239 11 65 123 183 245 16 71 129 189 251 21 77 135 195 258 27 82 141 201 264 32 88 147 207 271 38 94 153 214 277 43 100 159 220 284 49 105 165 226 290 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 296 363 431 501 573 303 369 438 508 581 310 376 445 516 588 316 383 452 523 595 323 390 459 530 603 329 397 466 537 610 336 403 473 544 618 343 410 480 552 625 349 417 487 559 632 356 424 494 566 640 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 647 723 800 879 959 655 731 808 887 967 662 738 816 895 976 670 746 824 903 984 677 754 832 911 992 685 761 839 919 1000 693 769 847 927 1008 700 777 855 935 1016 708 785 863 943 1025 715 792 871 951 1033 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 1041 1124 1208 1294 1381 1049 1132 1217 1303 1389 1058 1141 1225 1311 1398 1066 1149 1234 1320 1407 1074 1158 1242 1329 1416 1082 1166 1251 1337 1425 1091 1175 1260 1346 1433 1099 1183 1268 1355 1442 1107 1191 1277 1363 1451 1116 1200 1285 1372 1460 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 1469 1558 1648 1739 1831 1477 1567 1657 1748 1840 1486 1575 1666 1757 1849 1495 1584 1675 1766 1858 1504 1593 1684 1775 1868 1513 1602 1693 1784 1877 1522 1611 1702 1794 1886 1531 1620 1711 1803 1895 1540 1629 1720 1812 1905 1549 1639 1729 1821 1914 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 1923 2017 2112 2207 2304 1933 2027 2121 2217 2313 1942 2036 2131 2226 2323 1951 2046 2140 2236 2333 1961 2055 2150 2246 2342 1970 2064 2159 2255 2352 1980 2074 2169 2265 2362 1989 2083 2179 2275 2371 1998 2093 2188 2284 2381 2008 2102 2198 2294 2391 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 2401 2498 2597 2696 2796 2410 2508 2607 2706 2806 2420 2518 2617 2716 2816 2430 2528 2626 2726 2826 2440 2538 2636 2736 2836 2449 2547 2646 2746 2846 2459 2557 2656 2756 2856 2469 2567 2666 2766 2866 2479 2577 2676 2776 2876 2488 2587 2686 2786 2886 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 2896 2997 3099 3201 3304 2906 3007 3109 3212 3315 2916 3018 3119 3222 3325 2926 3028 3130 3232 3335 2937 3038 3140 3242 3346 2947 3048 3150 3253 3356 2957 3058 3160 3263 3366 2967 3068 3171 3273 3377 2977 3079 3181 3284 3387 2987 3089 3191 3294 3397 350 360 370 380 390 App - 22 App - 22 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type R Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 400 410 420 430 440 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3408 3512 3616 3721 3827 3418 3522 3627 3732 3838 3428 3533 3637 3742 3848 3439 3543 3648 3753 3859 3449 3553 3658 3764 3869 3460 3564 3669 3774 3880 3470 3574 3679 3785 3891 3480 3585 3690 3795 3901 3491 3595 3700 3806 3912 3501 3606 3711 3816 3922 Temperature ( ) 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 3933 4040 4147 4255 4363 3944 4050 4158 4265 4373 3954 4061 4168 4276 4384 3965 4072 4179 4287 4395 3976 4083 4190 4298 4406 3986 4093 4201 4309 4417 3997 4104 4211 4319 4428 4008 4115 4222 4330 4439 4018 4125 4233 4341 4449 4029 4136 4244 4352 4460 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 4471 4580 4690 4800 4910 4482 4591 4701 4811 4922 4493 4602 4712 4822 4933 4504 4613 4723 4833 4944 4515 4624 4734 4844 4955 4526 4635 4745 4855 4966 4537 4646 4756 4866 4977 4548 4657 4767 4877 4988 4558 4668 4778 4888 4999 4569 4679 4789 4899 5010 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 5021 5133 5245 5357 5470 5033 5144 5256 5369 5481 5044 5155 5267 5380 5493 5055 5166 5279 5391 5504 5066 5178 5290 5402 5515 5077 5189 5301 5414 5527 5088 5200 5312 5425 5538 5099 5211 5323 5436 5549 5111 5222 5335 5448 5561 5122 5234 5346 5459 5572 550 560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 640 5583 5697 5812 5926 6041 5595 5709 5823 5938 6053 5606 5720 5834 5949 6065 5618 5731 5846 5961 6076 5629 5743 5857 5972 6088 5640 5754 5869 5984 6099 5652 5766 5880 5995 6111 5663 5777 5892 6007 6122 5674 5789 5903 6018 6134 5686 5800 5915 6030 6146 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 6157 6273 6390 6507 6625 6169 6285 6402 6519 6636 6180 6297 6413 6531 6648 6192 6308 6425 6542 6660 6204 6320 6437 6554 6672 6215 6332 6448 6566 6684 6227 6343 6460 6578 6695 6238 6355 6472 6589 6707 6250 6367 6484 6601 6719 6262 6378 6495 6613 6731 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 730 740 6743 6861 6980 7100 7220 6755 6873 6992 7112 7232 6766 6885 7004 7124 7244 6778 6897 7016 7136 7256 6790 6909 7028 7148 7268 6802 6921 7040 7160 7280 6814 6933 7052 7172 7292 6826 6945 7064 7184 7304 6838 6956 7076 7196 7316 6849 6968 7088 7208 7328 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 7340 7461 7583 7705 7827 7352 7473 7595 7717 7839 7364 7485 7607 7729 7851 7376 7498 7619 7741 7864 7389 7510 7631 7753 7876 7401 7522 7644 7766 7888 7413 7534 7656 7778 7901 7425 7546 7668 7790 7913 7437 7558 7680 7802 7925 7449 7570 7692 7815 7938 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 7950 8073 8197 8321 8446 7962 8086 8209 8334 8459 7974 8098 8222 8346 8471 7987 8110 8234 8359 8484 7999 8123 8247 8371 8496 8011 8135 8259 8384 8509 8024 8147 8272 8396 8521 8036 8160 8284 8409 8534 8048 8172 8296 8421 8546 8061 8185 8309 8434 8559 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 880 890 8571 8697 8823 8950 9077 8584 8710 8836 8963 9090 8597 8722 8849 8975 9103 8609 8735 8861 8988 9115 8622 8748 8874 9001 9128 8634 8760 8887 9014 9141 8647 8773 8899 9026 9154 8659 8785 8912 9039 9167 8672 8798 8925 9052 9179 8685 8811 8937 9065 9192 850 860 870 880 890 App - 23 App - 23 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type R Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 900 910 920 930 940 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9205 9333 9461 9590 9720 9218 9346 9474 9603 9733 9230 9359 9487 9616 9746 9243 9371 9500 9629 9759 9256 9384 9513 9642 9772 9269 9397 9526 9655 9785 9282 9410 9539 9668 9798 9294 9423 9552 9681 9811 9307 9436 9565 9694 9824 9320 9449 9578 9707 9837 Temperature ( ) 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 990 9850 9980 10111 10242 10374 9863 9993 10124 10255 10387 9876 10006 10137 10268 10400 9889 10019 10150 10282 10413 9902 10032 10163 10295 10427 9915 10046 10177 10308 10440 9928 10059 10190 10321 10453 9941 10072 10203 10334 10466 9954 10085 10216 10347 10480 9967 10098 10229 10361 10493 950 960 970 980 990 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 10506 10638 10771 10905 11039 10519 10652 10785 10918 11052 10532 10665 10798 10932 11065 10546 10678 10811 10945 11079 10559 10692 10825 10958 11092 10572 10705 10838 10972 11106 10585 10718 10851 10985 11119 10599 10731 10865 10998 11132 10612 10745 10878 11012 11146 10625 10758 10891 11025 11159 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 11173 11307 11442 11578 11714 11186 11321 11456 11591 11727 11200 11334 11469 11605 11741 11213 11348 11483 11618 11754 11227 11361 11496 11632 11768 11240 11375 11510 11646 11782 11253 11388 11524 11659 11795 11267 11402 11537 11673 11809 11280 11415 11551 11686 11822 11294 11429 11564 11700 11836 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 11850 11986 12123 12260 12397 11863 12000 12137 12274 12411 11877 12013 12150 12288 12425 11891 12027 12164 12301 12439 11904 12041 12178 12315 12453 11918 12054 12191 12329 12466 11931 12068 12205 12342 12480 11945 12082 12219 12356 12494 11959 12096 12233 12370 12508 11972 12109 12246 12384 12521 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 12535 12673 12812 12950 13089 12549 12687 12825 12964 13103 12563 12701 12839 12978 13117 12577 12715 12853 12992 13131 12590 12729 12867 13006 13145 12604 12742 12881 13019 13158 12618 12756 12895 13033 13172 12632 12770 12909 13047 13186 12646 12784 12922 13061 13200 12659 12798 12936 13075 13214 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 13228 13367 13507 13646 13786 13242 13381 13521 13660 13800 13256 13395 13535 13674 13814 13270 13409 13549 13688 13828 13284 13423 13563 13702 13842 13298 13437 13577 13716 13856 13311 13451 13590 13730 13870 13325 13465 13604 13744 13884 13339 13479 13618 13758 13898 13353 13493 13632 13772 13912 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 13926 14066 14207 14347 14488 13940 14081 14221 14361 14502 13954 14095 14235 14375 14516 13968 14109 14249 14390 14530 13982 14123 14263 14404 14544 13996 14137 14277 14418 14558 14010 14151 14291 14432 14572 14024 14165 14305 14446 14586 14038 14179 14319 14460 14601 14052 14193 14333 14474 14615 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 1300 1310 1320 1330 1340 14629 14770 14911 15052 15193 14643 14784 14925 15066 15207 14657 14798 14939 15080 15221 14671 14812 14953 15094 15235 14685 14826 14967 15108 15249 14699 14840 14981 15122 15263 14713 14854 14995 15136 15277 14727 14868 15009 15150 15291 14741 14882 15023 15164 15306 14755 14896 15037 15179 15320 1300 1310 1320 1330 1340 1350 1360 1370 1380 1390 15334 15475 15616 15758 15899 15348 15489 15630 15772 15913 15362 15503 15645 15786 15927 15376 15517 15659 15800 15941 15390 15531 15673 15814 15955 15404 15546 15687 15828 15969 15419 15560 15701 15842 15984 15433 15574 15715 15856 15998 15447 15588 15729 15871 16012 15461 15602 15743 15885 16026 1350 1360 1370 1380 1390 App - 24 App - 24 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type R Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 1400 1410 1420 1430 1440 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 16040 16181 16323 16464 16605 16054 16196 16337 16478 16619 16068 16210 16351 16492 16633 16082 16224 16365 16506 16647 16097 16238 16379 16520 16662 16111 16252 16393 16534 16676 16125 16266 16407 16549 16690 16139 16280 16422 16563 16704 16153 16294 16436 16577 16718 16167 16309 16450 16591 16732 Temperature ( ) 1400 1410 1420 1430 1440 1450 1460 1470 1480 1490 16746 16887 17028 17169 17310 16760 16901 17042 17183 17324 16774 16915 17056 17197 17338 16789 16930 17071 17211 17352 16803 16944 17085 17225 17366 16817 16958 17099 17240 17380 16831 16972 17113 17254 17394 16845 16986 17127 17268 17408 16859 17000 17141 17282 17423 16873 17014 17155 17296 17437 1450 1460 1470 1480 1490 1500 1510 1520 1530 1540 17451 17591 17732 17872 18012 17465 17605 17746 17886 18026 17479 17619 17760 17900 18040 17493 17633 17774 17914 18054 17507 17647 17788 17928 18068 17521 17661 17802 17942 18082 17535 17676 17816 17956 18096 17549 17690 17830 17970 18110 17563 17704 17844 17984 18124 17577 17718 17858 17998 18138 1500 1510 1520 1530 1540 1550 1560 1570 1580 1590 18152 18292 18431 18571 18710 18166 18306 18445 18585 18724 18180 18320 18459 18599 18738 18194 18334 18473 18613 18752 18208 18348 18487 18627 18766 18222 18362 18501 18640 18779 18236 18376 18515 18654 18793 18250 18390 18529 18668 18807 18264 18404 18543 18682 18821 18278 18417 18557 18696 18835 1550 1560 1570 1580 1590 1600 1610 1620 1630 1640 18849 18988 19126 19264 19402 18863 19002 19140 19278 19416 18877 19015 19154 19292 19430 18891 19029 19168 19306 19444 18904 19043 19181 19319 19457 18918 19057 19195 19333 19471 18932 19071 19209 19347 19485 18946 19085 19223 19361 19499 18960 19098 19237 19375 19512 18974 19112 19250 19388 19526 1600 1610 1620 1630 1640 1650 1660 1670 1680 1690 19540 19677 19814 19951 20087 19554 19691 19828 19964 20100 19567 19705 19841 19978 20114 19581 19718 19855 19992 20127 19595 19732 19869 20005 20141 19609 19746 19882 20019 20154 19622 19759 19896 20032 20168 19636 19773 19910 20046 20181 19650 19787 19923 20060 20195 19663 19800 19937 20073 20208 1650 1660 1670 1680 1690 1700 1710 1720 1730 1740 20222 20356 20488 20620 20749 20235 20369 20502 20633 20762 20249 20382 20515 20646 20775 20262 20396 20528 20659 20788 20275 20409 20541 20672 20801 20289 20422 20554 20685 20813 20302 20436 20567 20698 20826 20316 20449 20581 20711 20839 20329 20462 20594 20724 20852 20342 20475 20607 20736 20864 1700 1710 1720 1730 1740 1750 1760 20877 21003 20890 21015 20902 21027 20915 21040 20928 21052 20940 21065 20953 21077 20965 21089 20978 21101 20990 1750 1760 REMARK Standard contact temperature is 0 . App - 25 App - 25 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Appendix 4.7 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of S Type S Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Temperature ( ) -50 0 Unit -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -236 V Temperature ( ) -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 -194 -150 -103 -53 0 -199 -155 -108 -58 -5 -203 -159 -113 -63 -11 -207 -164 -117 -68 -16 -211 -168 -122 -73 -21 -215 -173 -127 -78 -27 -219 -177 -132 -83 -32 -224 -181 -136 -88 -37 -228 -186 -141 -93 -42 -232 -190 -146 -98 -48 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 55 113 173 235 5 61 119 179 241 11 67 125 185 248 16 72 131 191 254 22 78 137 197 260 27 84 143 204 267 33 90 149 210 273 38 95 155 216 280 44 101 161 222 286 50 107 167 229 292 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 299 365 433 502 573 305 372 440 509 580 312 378 446 516 588 319 385 453 523 595 325 392 460 530 602 332 399 467 538 609 338 405 474 545 617 345 412 481 552 624 352 419 488 559 631 358 426 495 566 639 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 646 720 795 872 950 653 727 803 880 958 661 735 811 888 966 668 743 818 896 974 675 750 826 903 982 683 758 834 911 990 690 765 841 919 998 698 773 849 927 1006 705 780 857 935 1013 713 788 865 942 1021 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 1029 1110 1191 1273 1357 1037 1118 1199 1282 1365 1045 1126 1207 1290 1373 1053 1134 1216 1298 1382 1061 1142 1224 1307 1390 1069 1150 1232 1315 1399 1077 1158 1240 1323 1407 1085 1167 1249 1332 1415 1094 1175 1257 1340 1424 1102 1183 1265 1348 1432 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 1441 1526 1612 1698 1786 1449 1534 1620 1707 1794 1458 1543 1629 1716 1803 1466 1551 1638 1724 1812 1475 1560 1646 1733 1821 1483 1569 1655 1742 1829 1492 1577 1663 1751 1838 1500 1586 1672 1759 1847 1509 1594 1681 1768 1856 1517 1603 1690 1777 1865 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 1874 1962 2052 2141 2232 1882 1971 2061 2151 2241 1891 1980 2070 2160 2250 1900 1989 2078 2169 2259 1909 1998 2087 2178 2268 1918 2007 2096 2187 2277 1927 2016 2105 2196 2287 1936 2025 2114 2205 2296 1944 2034 2123 2214 2305 1953 2043 2132 2223 2314 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 2323 2415 2507 2599 2692 2332 2424 2516 2609 2702 2341 2433 2525 2618 2711 2350 2442 2534 2627 2720 2360 2451 2544 2636 2730 2369 2461 2553 2646 2739 2378 2470 2562 2655 2748 2387 2479 2571 2664 2758 2396 2488 2581 2674 2767 2405 2497 2590 2683 2776 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 2786 2880 2974 3069 3164 2795 2889 2983 3078 3173 2805 2899 2993 3088 3183 2814 2908 3002 3097 3192 2823 2917 3012 3107 3202 2833 2927 3021 3116 3212 2842 2936 3031 3126 3221 2851 2946 3040 3135 3231 2861 2955 3050 3145 3240 2870 2965 3059 3154 3250 350 360 370 380 390 App - 26 App - 26 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type S Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 400 410 420 430 440 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3259 3355 3451 3548 3645 3269 3365 3461 3558 3655 3279 3374 3471 3567 3664 3288 3384 3480 3577 3674 3298 3394 3490 3587 3684 3307 3403 3500 3596 3694 3317 3413 3509 3606 3703 3326 3423 3519 3616 3713 3336 3432 3529 3626 3723 3346 3442 3538 3635 3732 Temperature ( ) 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 3742 3840 3938 4036 4134 3752 3850 3947 4046 4144 3762 3859 3957 4056 4154 3771 3869 3967 4065 4164 3781 3879 3977 4075 4174 3791 3889 3987 4085 4184 3801 3898 3997 4095 4194 3810 3908 4006 4105 4204 3820 3918 4016 4115 4213 3830 3928 4026 4125 4223 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 4233 4332 4432 4532 4632 4243 4342 4442 4542 4642 4253 4352 4452 4552 4652 4263 4362 4462 4562 4662 4273 4372 4472 4572 4672 4283 4382 4482 4582 4682 4293 4392 4492 4592 4692 4303 4402 4502 4602 4702 4313 4412 4512 4612 4712 4323 4422 4522 4622 4722 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 4732 4833 4934 5035 5137 4742 4843 4944 5045 5147 4752 4853 4954 5055 5157 4762 4863 4964 5066 5167 4772 4873 4974 5076 5178 4782 4883 4984 5086 5188 4793 4893 4995 5096 5198 4803 4904 5005 5106 5208 4813 4914 5015 5116 5218 4823 4924 5025 5127 5228 550 560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 640 5239 5341 5443 5546 5649 5249 5351 5454 5557 5660 5259 5361 5464 5567 5670 5269 5372 5474 5577 5680 5280 5382 5485 5588 5691 5290 5392 5495 5598 5701 5300 5402 5505 5608 5712 5310 5413 5515 5618 5722 5320 5423 5526 5629 5732 5331 5433 5536 5639 5743 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 5753 5857 5961 6065 6170 5763 5867 5971 6076 6181 5774 5878 5982 6086 6191 5784 5888 5992 6097 6202 5794 5898 6003 6107 6212 5805 5909 6013 6118 6223 5815 5919 6024 6128 6233 5826 5930 6034 6139 6244 5836 5940 6044 6149 6254 5846 5950 6055 6160 6265 650 660 670 680 690 700 710 720 730 740 6275 6381 6486 6593 6699 6286 6391 6497 6603 6710 6296 6402 6508 6614 6720 6307 6412 6518 6624 6731 6317 6423 6529 6635 6742 6328 6434 6539 6646 6752 6338 6444 6550 6656 6763 6349 6455 6561 6667 6774 6360 6465 6571 6678 6784 6370 6476 6582 6688 6795 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 6806 6913 7020 7128 7236 6817 6924 7031 7139 7247 6827 6934 7042 7150 7258 6838 6945 7053 7161 7269 6849 6956 7064 7172 7280 6859 6967 7074 7182 7291 6870 6977 7085 7193 7302 6881 6988 7096 7204 7312 6892 6999 7107 7215 7323 6902 7010 7117 7226 7334 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 7345 7454 7563 7673 7783 7356 7465 7574 7684 7794 7367 7476 7585 7695 7805 7378 7487 7596 7706 7816 7388 7497 7607 7717 7827 7399 7508 7618 7728 7838 7410 7519 7629 7739 7849 7421 7530 7640 7750 7860 7432 7541 7651 7761 7871 7443 7552 7662 7772 7882 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 880 890 7893 8003 8114 8226 8337 7904 8014 8125 8237 8348 7915 8026 8137 8248 8360 7926 8037 8148 8259 8371 7937 8048 8159 8270 8382 7948 8059 8170 8281 8393 7959 8070 8181 8293 8404 7970 8081 8192 8304 8416 7981 8092 8203 8315 8427 7992 8103 8214 8326 8438 850 860 870 880 890 App - 27 App - 27 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type S Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 900 910 920 930 940 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8449 8562 8674 8787 8900 8460 8573 8685 8798 8912 8472 8584 8697 8810 8923 8483 8595 8708 8821 8935 8494 8607 8719 8832 8946 8505 8618 8731 8844 8957 8517 8629 8742 8855 8969 8528 8640 8753 8866 8980 8539 8652 8765 8878 8991 8550 8663 8776 8889 9003 Temperature ( ) 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 990 9014 9128 9242 9357 9472 9025 9139 9254 9368 9483 9037 9151 9265 9380 9495 9048 9162 9277 9391 9506 9060 9174 9288 9403 9518 9071 9185 9300 9414 9529 9082 9197 9311 9426 9541 9094 9208 9323 9437 9552 9105 9219 9334 9449 9564 9117 9231 9345 9460 9576 950 960 970 980 990 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 9587 9703 9819 9935 10051 9599 9714 9830 9946 10063 9610 9726 9842 9958 10075 9622 9737 9853 9970 10086 9633 9749 9865 9981 10098 9645 9761 9877 9993 10110 9656 9772 9888 10005 10121 9668 9784 9900 10016 10133 9680 9795 9911 10028 10145 9691 9807 9923 10040 10156 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 10168 10285 10403 10520 10638 10180 10297 10414 10532 10650 10191 10309 10426 10544 10662 10203 10320 10438 10556 10674 10215 10332 10450 10567 10686 10227 10344 10461 10579 10697 10238 10356 10473 10591 10709 10250 10367 10485 10603 10721 10262 10379 10497 10615 10733 10273 10391 10509 10626 10745 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 10757 10875 10994 11113 11232 10768 10887 11006 11125 11244 10780 10899 11017 11136 11256 10792 10911 11029 11148 11268 10804 10922 11041 11160 11280 10816 10934 11053 11172 11291 10828 10946 11065 11184 11303 10839 10958 11077 11196 11315 10851 10970 11089 11208 11327 10863 10982 11101 11220 11339 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 11351 11471 11590 11710 11830 11363 11483 11602 11722 11842 11375 11495 11614 11734 11854 11387 11507 11626 11746 11866 11399 11519 11638 11758 11878 11411 11531 11650 11770 11890 11423 11542 11662 11782 11902 11435 11554 11674 11794 11914 11447 11566 11686 11806 11926 11459 11578 11698 11818 11939 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 11951 12071 12191 12312 12433 11963 12083 12203 12324 12445 11975 12095 12216 12336 12457 11987 12107 12228 12348 12469 11999 12119 12240 12360 12481 12011 12131 12252 12372 12493 12023 12143 12264 12384 12505 12035 12155 12276 12397 12517 12047 12167 12288 12409 12529 12059 12179 12300 12421 12542 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 12554 12675 12796 12917 13038 12566 12687 12808 12929 13050 12578 12699 12820 12941 13062 12590 12711 12832 12953 13074 12602 12723 12844 12965 13086 12614 12735 12856 12977 13098 12626 12747 12868 12989 13111 12638 12759 12880 13001 13123 12650 12771 12892 13014 13135 12662 12783 12905 13026 13147 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 1300 1310 1320 1330 1340 13159 13280 13402 13523 13644 13171 13292 13414 13535 13657 13183 13305 13426 13547 13669 13195 13317 13438 13559 13681 13208 13329 13450 13572 13693 13220 13341 13462 13584 13705 13232 13353 13474 13596 13717 13244 13365 13487 13608 13729 13256 13377 13499 13620 13742 13268 13390 13511 13632 13754 1300 1310 1320 1330 1340 1350 1360 1370 1380 1390 13766 13887 14009 14130 14251 13778 13899 14021 14142 14263 13790 13911 14033 14154 14276 13802 13924 14045 14166 14288 13814 13936 14057 14178 14300 13826 13948 14069 14191 14312 13839 13960 14081 14203 14324 13851 13972 14094 14215 14336 13863 13984 14106 14227 14348 13875 13996 14118 14239 14360 1350 1360 1370 1380 1390 App - 28 App - 28 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type S Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 1400 1410 1420 1430 1440 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 14373 14494 14615 14736 14857 14385 14506 14627 14748 14869 14397 14518 14639 14760 14881 14409 14530 14651 14773 14894 14421 14542 14664 14785 14906 14433 14554 14676 14797 14918 14445 14567 14688 14809 14930 14457 14579 14700 14821 14942 14470 14591 14712 14833 14954 14482 14603 14724 14845 14966 Temperature ( ) 1400 1410 1420 1430 1440 1450 1460 1470 1480 1490 14978 15099 15220 15341 15461 14990 15111 15232 15353 15473 15002 15123 15244 15365 15485 15015 15135 15256 15377 15497 15027 15148 15268 15389 15509 15039 15160 15280 15401 15521 15051 15172 15292 15413 15534 15063 15184 15304 15425 15546 15075 15196 15317 15437 15558 15087 15208 15329 15449 15570 1450 1460 1470 1480 1490 1500 1510 1520 1530 1540 15582 15702 15822 15942 16062 15594 15714 15834 15954 16074 15606 15726 15846 15966 16086 15618 15738 15858 15978 16098 15630 15750 15870 15990 16110 15642 15762 15882 16002 16122 15654 15774 15894 16014 16134 15666 15786 15906 16026 16146 15678 15798 15918 16038 16158 15690 15810 15930 16050 16170 1500 1510 1520 1530 1540 1550 1560 1570 1580 1590 16182 16301 16420 16539 16658 16194 16313 16432 16551 16670 16205 16325 16444 16563 16682 16217 16337 16456 16575 16694 16229 16349 16468 16587 16706 16241 16361 16480 16599 16718 16253 16373 16492 16611 16729 16265 16385 16504 16623 16741 16277 16396 16516 16634 16753 16289 16408 16527 16646 16765 1550 1560 1570 1580 1590 1600 1610 1620 1630 1640 16777 16895 17013 17131 17249 16789 16907 17025 17143 17261 16801 16919 17037 17155 17272 16812 16931 17049 17167 17284 16824 16943 17061 17178 17296 16836 16954 17072 17190 17308 16848 16966 17084 17202 17319 16860 16978 17096 17214 17331 16872 16990 17108 17225 17343 16883 17002 17120 17237 17355 1600 1610 1620 1630 1640 1650 1660 1670 1680 1690 17366 17483 17600 17717 17832 17378 17495 17612 17728 17844 17390 17507 17623 17740 17855 17401 17518 17635 17751 17867 17413 17530 17647 17763 17878 17425 17542 17658 17775 17890 17437 17553 17670 17786 17901 17448 17565 17682 17798 17913 17460 17577 17693 17809 17924 17472 17588 17705 17821 17936 1650 1660 1670 1680 1690 1700 1710 1720 1730 1740 17947 18061 18174 18285 18395 17959 18073 18185 18297 18406 17970 18084 18196 18308 18417 17982 18095 18208 18319 18428 17993 18107 18219 18330 18439 18004 18118 18230 18341 18449 18016 18129 18241 18352 18460 18027 18140 18252 18362 18471 18039 18152 18263 18373 18482 18050 18163 18274 18384 18493 1700 1710 1720 1730 1740 1750 1760 18503 18609 18514 18620 18525 18630 18535 18641 18546 18651 18557 18661 18567 18672 18578 18682 18588 18693 18599 1750 1760 REMARK Standard contact temperature is 0 . App - 29 App - 29 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Appendix 4.8 Standard Thermal Electromotive Force of N Type N Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) -270 -260 -250 -240 -230 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -4345 -4336 -4313 -4277 -4226 -4337 -4316 -4281 -4232 -4339 -4319 -4285 -4238 -4340 -4321 -4289 -4243 -4341 -4324 -4293 -4248 -4342 -4326 -4297 -4254 -4343 -4328 -4300 -4258 -4344 -4330 -4304 -4263 -4344 -4332 -4307 -4268 -4345 -4334 -4310 -4273 Temperature ( ) -270 -260 -250 -240 -230 -220 -210 -200 -190 -180 -4162 -4083 -3990 -3884 -3766 -4169 -4091 -4000 -3896 -3778 -4176 -4100 -4010 -3907 -3790 -4183 -4108 -4020 -3918 -3803 -4189 -4116 -4029 -3928 -3815 -4196 -4124 -4038 -3939 -3827 -4202 -4132 -4048 -3950 -3838 -4209 -4140 -4057 -3960 -3850 -4215 -4147 -4066 -3970 -3862 -4221 -4154 -4074 -3980 -3873 -220 -210 -200 -190 -180 -170 -160 -150 -140 -130 -3634 -3491 -3336 -3171 -2994 -3648 -3506 -3352 -3188 -3012 -3662 -3521 -3368 -3205 -3030 -3675 -3535 -3384 -3221 -3048 -3688 -3550 -3400 -3238 -3066 -3702 -3564 -3415 -3255 -3084 -3715 -3578 -3431 -3271 -3101 -3728 -3593 -3446 -3288 -3119 -3740 -3607 -3461 -3304 -3136 -3753 -3621 -3476 -3320 -3153 -170 -160 -150 -140 -130 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -2808 -2612 -2407 -2193 -1972 -2827 -2632 -2428 -2215 -1995 -2846 -2652 -2448 -2237 -2017 -2865 -2672 -2469 -2258 -2039 -2883 -2691 -2490 -2280 -2062 -2902 -2711 -2510 -2301 -2084 -2921 -2730 -2531 -2322 -2106 -2939 -2750 -2551 -2344 -2128 -2958 -2769 -2571 -2365 -2150 -2976 -2789 -2592 -2386 -2172 -120 -110 -100 -90 -80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -1744 -1509 -1269 -1023 -772 -1767 -1533 -1293 -1048 -798 -1790 -1557 -1317 -1072 -823 -1813 -1580 -1341 -1097 -848 -1836 -1604 -1366 -1122 -873 -1859 -1627 -1390 -1146 -898 -1882 -1651 -1414 -1171 -923 -1905 -1674 -1438 -1195 -948 -1927 -1698 -1462 -1220 -973 -1950 -1721 -1485 -1244 -998 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 -518 -260 0 -544 -286 -26 -569 -312 -52 -595 -338 -78 -620 -364 -104 -646 -390 -131 -671 -415 -157 -696 -441 -183 -722 -467 -209 -747 -492 -234 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 261 525 793 1065 26 287 552 820 1092 52 313 578 847 1119 78 340 605 874 1147 104 366 632 901 1174 130 393 659 928 1202 156 419 685 955 1229 182 446 712 983 1257 208 472 739 1010 1284 235 499 766 1037 1312 -20 -10 0 Temperature ( ) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 1340 1619 1902 2189 2480 1368 1647 1930 2218 2509 1395 1675 1959 2247 2538 1423 1703 1988 2276 2568 1451 1732 2016 2305 2597 1479 1760 2045 2334 2626 1507 1788 2074 2363 2656 1535 1817 2102 2392 2685 1563 1845 2131 2421 2715 1591 1873 2160 2450 2744 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 2774 3072 3374 3680 3989 2804 3102 3405 3711 4020 2833 3133 3435 3742 4051 2863 3163 3466 3772 4083 2893 3193 3496 3803 4114 2923 3223 3527 3834 4145 2953 3253 3557 3865 4176 2983 3283 3588 3896 4208 3012 3314 3619 3927 4239 3042 3344 3649 3958 4270 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 4302 4618 4937 5259 4333 4650 4969 5292 4365 4681 5001 5324 4396 4713 5033 5357 4428 4745 5066 5389 4459 4777 5098 5422 4491 4809 5130 5454 4523 4841 5162 5487 4554 4873 5195 5520 4586 4905 5227 5552 150 160 170 180 App - 30 App - 30 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type N Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 190 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 5585 5618 5650 5683 5716 5749 5782 5815 5847 5880 Temperature ( ) 190 200 210 220 230 240 5913 6245 6579 6916 7255 5946 6278 6612 6949 7289 5979 6311 6646 6983 7323 6013 6345 6680 7017 7357 6046 6378 6713 7051 7392 6079 6411 6747 7085 7426 6112 6445 6781 7119 7460 6145 6478 6814 7153 7494 6178 6512 6848 7187 7528 6211 6545 6882 7221 7563 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 7597 7941 8288 8637 8988 7631 7976 8323 8672 9023 7666 8010 8358 8707 9058 7700 8045 8392 8742 9094 7734 8080 8427 8777 9129 7769 8114 8462 8812 9164 7803 8149 8497 8847 9200 7838 8184 8532 8882 9235 7872 8218 8567 8918 9270 7907 8253 8602 8953 9306 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 9341 9696 10054 10413 10774 9377 9732 10089 10449 10810 9412 9768 10125 10485 10846 9448 9803 10161 10521 10882 9483 9839 10197 10557 10918 9519 9875 10233 10593 10955 9554 9910 10269 10629 10991 9590 9946 10305 10665 11027 9625 9982 10341 10701 11064 9661 10018 10377 10737 11100 300 310 320 330 340 350 360 370 380 390 11136 11501 11867 12234 12603 11173 11537 11903 12271 12640 11209 11574 11940 12308 12677 11245 11610 11977 12345 12714 11282 11647 12013 12382 12751 11318 11683 12050 12418 12788 11355 11720 12087 12455 12825 11391 11757 12124 12492 12862 11428 11793 12160 12529 12899 11464 11830 12197 12566 12937 350 360 370 380 390 400 410 420 430 440 12974 13346 13719 14094 14469 13011 13383 13756 14131 14507 13048 13420 13794 14169 14545 13085 13457 13831 14206 14582 13122 13495 13869 14244 14620 13159 13532 13906 14281 14658 13197 13569 13944 14319 14695 13234 13607 13981 14356 14733 13271 13644 14019 14394 14771 13308 13682 14056 14432 14809 400 410 420 430 440 450 460 470 480 490 14846 15225 15604 15984 16366 14884 15262 15642 16022 16404 14922 15300 15680 16060 16442 14960 15338 15718 16099 16480 14998 15376 15756 16137 16518 15035 15414 15794 16175 16557 15073 15452 15832 16213 16595 15111 15490 15870 16251 16633 15149 15528 15908 16289 16671 15187 15566 15946 16327 16710 450 460 470 480 490 500 510 520 530 540 16748 17131 17515 17900 18286 16786 17169 17554 17938 18324 16824 17208 17592 17977 18363 16863 17246 17630 18016 18401 16901 17285 17669 18054 18440 16939 17323 17707 18093 18479 16978 17361 17746 18131 18517 17016 17400 17784 18170 18556 17054 17438 17823 18208 18595 17093 17477 17861 18247 18633 500 510 520 530 540 550 560 570 580 590 18672 19059 19447 19835 20224 18711 19098 19485 19874 20263 18749 19136 19524 19913 20302 18788 19175 19563 19952 20341 18827 19214 19602 19990 20379 18865 19253 19641 20029 20418 18904 19292 19680 20068 20457 18943 19330 19718 20107 20496 18982 19369 19757 20146 20535 19020 19408 19796 20185 20574 550 560 570 580 590 600 610 620 630 640 20613 21003 21393 21784 22175 20652 21042 21432 21823 22214 20691 21081 21471 21862 22253 20730 21120 21510 21901 22292 20769 21159 21549 21940 22331 20808 21198 21588 21979 22370 20847 21237 21628 22018 22410 20886 21276 21667 22058 22449 20925 21315 21706 22097 22488 20964 21354 21745 22136 22527 600 610 620 630 640 650 660 670 680 690 22566 22958 23350 23742 24134 22605 22997 23389 23781 24173 22644 23036 23428 23820 24213 22684 23075 23467 23860 24252 22723 23115 23507 23899 24291 22762 23154 23546 23938 24330 22801 23193 23585 23977 24370 22840 23232 23624 24016 24409 22879 23271 23663 24056 24448 22919 23311 23703 24095 24487 650 660 670 680 690 App - 31 App - 31 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type N Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 700 710 720 730 740 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 24527 24919 25312 25705 26098 24566 24959 25351 25744 26137 24605 24998 25391 25783 26176 24644 25037 25430 25823 26216 24684 25076 25469 25862 26255 24723 25116 25508 25901 26294 24762 25155 25548 25941 26333 24801 25194 25587 25980 26373 24841 25233 25626 26019 26412 24880 25273 25666 26058 26451 Temperature ( ) 700 710 720 730 740 750 760 770 780 790 26491 26883 27276 27669 28062 26530 26923 27316 27708 28101 26569 26962 27355 27748 28140 26608 27001 27394 27787 28180 26648 27041 27433 27826 28219 26687 27080 27473 27866 28258 26726 27119 27512 27905 28297 26766 27158 27551 27944 28337 26805 27198 27591 27983 28376 26844 27237 27630 28023 28415 750 760 770 780 790 800 810 820 830 840 28455 28847 29239 29632 30024 28494 28886 29279 29671 30063 28533 28926 29318 29710 30102 28572 28965 29357 29749 30141 28612 29004 29396 29789 30181 28651 29043 29436 29828 30220 28690 29083 29475 29867 30259 28729 29122 29514 29906 30298 28769 29161 29553 29945 30337 28808 29200 29592 29985 30376 800 810 820 830 840 850 860 870 880 890 30416 30807 31199 31590 31981 30455 30846 31238 31629 32020 30494 30886 31277 31668 32059 30533 30925 31316 31707 32098 30572 30964 31355 31746 32137 30611 31003 31394 31785 32176 30651 31042 31433 31824 32215 30690 31081 31473 31863 32254 30729 31120 31512 31903 32293 30768 31160 31551 31942 32332 850 860 870 880 890 900 910 920 930 940 32371 32761 33151 33541 33930 32410 32800 33190 33580 33969 32449 32839 33229 33619 34008 32488 32878 33268 33658 34047 32527 32917 33307 33697 34086 32566 32956 33346 33736 34124 32605 32995 33385 33774 34163 32644 33034 33424 33813 34202 32683 33073 33463 33852 34241 32722 33112 33502 33891 34280 900 910 920 930 940 950 960 970 980 990 34319 34707 35095 35482 35869 34358 34746 35134 35521 35908 34396 34785 35172 35560 35946 34435 34823 35211 35598 35985 34474 34862 35250 35637 36024 34513 34901 35289 35676 36062 34552 34940 35327 35714 36101 34591 34979 35366 35753 36140 34629 35017 35405 35792 36178 34668 35056 35444 35831 36217 950 960 970 980 990 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 36256 36641 37027 37411 37795 36294 36680 37065 37450 37834 36333 36718 37104 37488 37872 36371 36757 37142 37527 37911 36410 36796 37181 37565 37949 36449 36834 37219 37603 37987 36487 36873 37258 37642 38026 36526 36911 37296 37680 38064 36564 36950 37334 37719 38102 36603 36988 37373 37757 38141 1000 1010 1020 1030 1040 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 38179 38562 38944 39326 39706 38217 38600 38982 39364 39744 38256 38638 39020 39402 39783 38294 38677 39059 39440 39821 38332 38715 39097 39478 39859 38370 38753 39135 39516 39897 38409 38791 39173 39554 39935 38447 38829 39211 39592 39973 38485 38868 39249 39630 40011 38524 38906 39287 39668 40049 1050 1060 1070 1080 1090 1100 1110 1120 1130 1140 40087 40466 40845 41223 41600 40125 40504 40883 41260 41638 40163 40542 40920 41298 41675 40201 40580 40958 41336 41713 40238 40618 40996 41374 41751 40276 40655 41034 41411 41788 40314 40693 41072 41449 41826 40352 40731 41109 41487 41864 40390 40769 41147 41525 41901 40428 40807 41185 41562 41939 1100 1110 1120 1140 1140 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 41976 42352 42727 43101 43474 42014 42390 42764 43138 43511 42052 42427 42802 43176 43549 42089 42465 42839 43213 43586 42127 42502 42877 43250 43623 42164 42540 42914 43288 43660 42202 42577 42951 43325 43698 42239 42614 42989 43362 43735 42277 42652 43026 43399 43772 42314 42689 43064 43437 43809 1150 1160 1170 1180 1190 App - 32 App - 32 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Type N Conform to IEC584-1(1977), IEC584-2(1982), JIS C1602-1995 Unit V Temperature ( ) 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 43846 44218 44588 44958 45326 43884 44255 44625 44995 45363 43921 44292 44662 45032 45400 43958 44329 44699 45069 45437 43995 44366 44736 45105 45474 44032 44403 44773 45142 45510 44069 44440 44810 45179 45547 44106 44477 44847 45216 45584 44144 44514 44884 45253 45621 44181 44551 44921 45290 45657 Temperature ( ) 1200 1210 1220 1230 1240 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 45694 46060 46425 46789 47152 45731 46097 46462 46826 47188 45767 46133 46498 46862 47224 45804 46170 46535 46898 47260 45841 46207 46571 46935 47296 45877 46243 46608 46971 47333 45914 46280 46644 47007 47369 45951 46316 46680 47043 47405 45987 46353 46717 47079 47441 46024 46389 46753 47116 47477 1250 1260 1270 1280 1290 1300 47513 1300 REMARK Standard contact temperature is 0 . App - 33 App - 33 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST Appendix 5 External Dimensions 3.2 (0.13) 73.1 (2.88) 49.9 (1.96) ST1TD2 72.4 (2.85) 128.8 (5.07) ERR. 47.3 (1.86) 55.4 (2.18) DIN rail center 56.4 (2.22) 12.6 (0.50) 2.4 (0.09) 72 (2.83) RUN 12.6 67.8 (0.50) (2.67) Unit:mm(inch) App - 34 App - 34 APPENDICES MELSEC-ST MEMO App - 35 App - 35 INDEX Ind [2] Error clear area ..............................................3-23 Error clear request .........................................3-23 Error code list ...................................................9-1 Error code read request...................................8-5 Error information ............................................3-20 Error information area....................................3-20 Ew...................................................................3-23 External AUX. power supply............................3-1 External dimensions ................................. App-32 External wiring..................................................4-6 24V DC current................................................ 3-1 [A] Accessories .................................................App-1 Accuracy................................................... 3-1, 3-3 Alarm output function ............................. 3-7, 3-14 Alarm output signal........................................ 3-20 Averaging process ........................................ 3-12 Average time/average number of times set value write ............................................................... 8-28 Average time/average number of times set value read................................................................ 8-13 [F] Features ...........................................................1-1 Forced output test ............................................5-8 Function list ......................................................3-6 [B] Base module.................................................... 2-2 Bit input area ................................................. 3-19 Bit output area ............................................... 3-22 Br ................................................................... 3-19 Bw .................................................................. 3-22 [G] Gain channel specification.............................8-43 GX Configurator-ST Functions ........................5-1 [H] [C] Coding element ............................ 2-2, 4-3, App-1 Command ................................................. 3-8, 8-1 Command list................................................... 8-1 Command parameter .................................... 3-25 Compensation of measured temperature/micro voltage value ................................................. 3-21 Conversion completed flag ........................... 3-20 Conversion completion channel read ............. 8-9 Conversion enable/disable function................ 3-6 Conversion enable/disable setting read ......... 8-9 Conversion enable/disable setting write....... 8-23 Conversion speed .................................... 3-1, 3-5 Convert setting completed flag ..................... 3-19 Convert setting request ................................. 3-22 Current consumption....................................... 3-1 [D] Handling precautions .......................................4-1 Head module....................................................2-2 [I] I/O data...........................................................3-18 Input data ............................A-10, A-13, 3-1, 3-18 Input type..........................................................3-7 Input/output monitor.........................................5-7 Intelligent function module processing time....3-7 Isolation ............................................................3-1 [L] LED indications ................................................4-4 Low voltage directive ...................................... A-9 Lower upper/lower lower limit set value read ........................................................................8-17 Lower upper/lower lower limit set value write ........................................................................8-32 Data symbol................................................... A-10 Disconnection detection function........... 3-6, 3-13 [E] EMC directive .................................................. A-9 Er ................................................................... 3-20 Index - 1 Index - 1 [M] Measured temperature value/micro voltage conversion value ........................................... 3-21 Memory.......................................................... 3-24 Micro voltage I/O conversion characteristic ... 3-4 Module ready................................................. 3-19 Module status ................................................ 3-21 Module status area........................................ 3-21 Mr................................................................... 3-21 Specification.....................................................3-1 System configuration .......................................2-1 [T] Temperature/micro voltage conversion system ..........................................................................3-6 Terminal block...........................................4-3, 4-4 Thermocouple ..................................................3-1 Time averaging ...................................... 3-6, 3-12 Troubleshooting ...............................................9-4 [N] Number of occupied I/O points ....................... 3-1 Number of occupied slices.............................. 3-1 Number of times averaging.................... 3-6, 3-12 [O] Offset channel specification .......................... 8-41 Offset/gain setting .................................. 4-9, 5-10 Online module change .................................... 7-1 Operation condition set value read............... 8-11 Operation condition set value write .............. 8-26 Operation mode setting................................. 8-39 Operation status read request ........................ 8-3 Output data..........................A-11, A-13, 3-1, 3-18 [P] Parameter...................................................... 3-25 Parameter setting ............................................ 5-3 Parameter setting ROM read........................ 8-36 Parameter setting ROM write ....................... 8-37 Part names ...................................................... 4-3 Performance specification............................... 3-1 Programming................................................... 6-1 Project creation ............................................... 5-2 [U] Upper upper/upper lower set value read.......8-15 Upper upper/upper lower set value write ......8-30 User parameter ..............................................3-25 User parameter set value read......................8-19 User range write.............................................8-45 [V] Values stored into command execution result ........................................................................8-46 [W] Weight ..............................................................3-2 Wiring ...............................................................4-5 Wiring maker ............................................... App-1 Wiring precautions ...........................................4-5 Word input area .............................................3-21 Word output area ...........................................3-23 Wr ...................................................................3-21 Ww..................................................................3-23 [R] RAM............................................................... 3-24 Resolution........................................................ 3-1 ROM .............................................................. 3-24 ROM write count.............................................. 3-1 [S] Sampling process.......................................... 3-11 Sensor compensation function ..................... 3-17 Sensor compensation value read ................. 8-22 Sensor compensation value write................. 8-34 Set up and procedure before operation.......... 4-2 Software package ........................................... 2-2 Index - 2 Index - 2 Ind WARRANTY Please confirm the following product warranty details before starting use. 1. Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis Warranty Range If any faults or defects (hereinafter "Failure") found to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi occurs during use of the product within the gratis warranty term, the product shall be repaired at no cost via the dealer or Mitsubishi Service Company. Note that if repairs are required at a site overseas, on a detached island or remote place, expenses to dispatch an engineer shall be charged for. [Gratis Warranty Term] The gratis warranty term of the product shall be for one year after the date of purchase or delivery to a designated place. Note that after manufacture and shipment from Mitsubishi, the maximum distribution period shall be six (6) months, and the longest gratis warranty term after manufacturing shall be eighteen (18) months. The gratis warranty term of repair parts shall not exceed the gratis warranty term before repairs. [Gratis Warranty Range] (1) The range shall be limited to normal use within the usage state, usage methods and usage environment, etc., which follow the conditions and precautions, etc., given in the instruction manual, user's manual and caution labels on the product. (2) Even within the gratis warranty term, repairs shall be charged for in the following cases. 1. Failure occurring from inappropriate storage or handling, carelessness or negligence by the user. Failure caused by the user's hardware or software design. 2. Failure caused by unapproved modifications, etc., to the product by the user. 3. When the Mitsubishi product is assembled into a user's device, Failure that could have been avoided if functions or structures, judged as necessary in the legal safety measures the user's device is subject to or as necessary by industry standards, had been provided. 4. Failure that could have been avoided if consumable parts (battery, backlight, fuse, etc.) designated in the instruction manual had been correctly serviced or replaced. 5. Failure caused by external irresistible forces such as fires or abnormal voltages, and Failure caused by force majeure such as earthquakes, lightning, wind and water damage. 6. Failure caused by reasons unpredictable by scientific technology standards at time of shipment from Mitsubishi. 7. Any other failure found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi or the user. 2. Onerous repair term after discontinuation of production (1) Mitsubishi shall accept onerous product repairs for seven (7) years after production of the product is discontinued. Discontinuation of production shall be notified with Mitsubishi Technical Bulletins, etc. (2) Product supply (including repair parts) is not possible after production is discontinued. 3. Overseas service Overseas, repairs shall be accepted by Mitsubishi's local overseas FA Center. Note that the repair conditions at each FA Center may differ. 4. Exclusion of chance loss and secondary loss from warranty liability Regardless of the gratis warranty term, Mitsubishi shall not be liable for compensation to damages caused by any cause found not to be the responsibility of Mitsubishi, chance losses, lost profits incurred to the user by Failures of Mitsubishi products, damages and secondary damages caused from special reasons regardless of Mitsubishi's expectations, compensation for accidents, and compensation for damages to products other than Mitsubishi products and other duties. 5. Changes in product specifications The specifications given in the catalogs, manuals or technical documents are subject to change without prior notice. 6. Product application (1) In using the Mitsubishi MELSEC programmable logic controller, the usage conditions shall be that the application will not lead to a major accident even if any problem or fault should occur in the programmable logic controller device, and that backup and fail-safe functions are systematically provided outside of the device for any problem or fault. (2) The Mitsubishi general-purpose programmable logic controller has been designed and manufactured for applications in general industries, etc. Thus, applications in which the public could be affected such as in nuclear power plants and other power plants operated by respective power companies, and applications in which a special quality assurance system is required, such as for Railway companies or National Defense purposes shall be excluded from the programmable logic controller applications. Note that even with these applications, if the user approves that the application is to be limited and a special quality is not required, application shall be possible. When considering use in aircraft, medical applications, railways, incineration and fuel devices, manned transport devices, equipment for recreation and amusement, and safety devices, in which human life or assets could be greatly affected and for which a particularly high reliability is required in terms of safety and control system, please consult with Mitsubishi and discuss the required specifications. MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC HEADQUARTERS EUROPEAN REPRESENTATIVES EUROPEAN REPRESENTATIVES EUROPEAN REPRESENTATIVES MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE EUROPE B.V. German Branch Gothaer Straße 8 D-40880 Ratingen Phone: +49 (0) 2102 / 486-0 Fax: +49 (0) 2102 / 486-1120 e mail: [email protected] MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC FRANCE EUROPE B.V. French Branch 25, Boulevard des Bouvets F-92741 Nanterre Cedex Phone: +33 1 55 68 55 68 Fax: +33 1 55 68 56 85 e mail: [email protected] MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC IRELAND EUROPE B.V. Irish Branch Westgate Business Park, Ballymount IRL-Dublin 24 Phone: +353 (0) 1 / 419 88 00 Fax: +353 (0) 1 / 419 88 90 e mail: [email protected] MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ITALY EUROPE B.V. Italian Branch Via Paracelso 12 I-20041 Agrate Brianza (MI) Phone: +39 039 6053 1 Fax: +39 039 6053 312 e mail: [email protected] MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC SPAIN EUROPE B.V. Spanish Branch Carretera de Rubí 76-80 E-08190 Sant Cugat del Vallés Phone: +34 9 3 / 565 3131 Fax: +34 9 3 / 589 2948 e mail: [email protected] MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC UK EUROPE B.V. UK Branch Travellers Lane GB-Hatfield Herts. AL10 8 XB Phone: +44 (0) 1707 / 27 61 00 Fax: +44 (0) 1707 / 27 86 95 e mail: [email protected] MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC JAPAN CORPORATION Office Tower “Z” 14 F 8-12,1 chome, Harumi Chuo-Ku Tokyo 104-6212 Phone: +81 3 6221 6060 Fax: +81 3 6221 6075 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC USA AUTOMATION 500 Corporate Woods Parkway Vernon Hills, IL 60061 Phone: +1 847 / 478 21 00 Fax: +1 847 / 478 22 83 GEVA AUSTRIA Wiener Straße 89 AT-2500 Baden Phone: +43 (0) 2252 / 85 55 20 Fax: +43 (0) 2252 / 488 60 e mail: [email protected] TEHNIKON BELARUS Oktjabrskaya 16/5, Ap 704 BY-220030 Minsk Phone: +375 (0)17 / 22 75 704 Fax: +375 (0)17 / 22 76 669 e mail: [email protected] Getronics b.v. BELGIUM Control Systems Pontbeeklaan 43 B-1731 Asse-Zellik Phone: +32 (0) 2 / 467 17 51 Fax: +32 (0) 2 / 467 17 45 e mail: [email protected] TELECON CO. BULGARIA 4, A. Ljapchev Blvd. BG-1756 Sofia Phone: +359 (0) 2 / 97 44 05 8 Fax: +359 (0) 2 / 97 44 06 1 e mail: — INEA CR d.o.o. CROATIA Drvinje 63 HR-10000 Zagreb Phone: +385 (0) 1 / 36 67 140 Fax: +385 (0) 1 / 36 67 140 e mail: — AutoCont CZECH REPUBLIC Control Systems s.r.o. Nemocnicni 12 CZ-702 00 Ostrava 2 Phone: +420 59 / 6152 111 Fax: +420 59 / 6152 562 e mail: [email protected] louis poulsen DENMARK industri & automation Geminivej 32 DK-2670 Greve Phone: +45 (0) 70 / 10 15 35 Fax: +45 (0) 43 / 95 95 91 e mail: [email protected] UTU Elektrotehnika AS ESTONIA Pärnu mnt.160i EE-11317 Tallinn Phone: +372 (0) 6 / 51 72 80 Fax: +372 (0) 6 / 51 72 88 e mail: [email protected] Beijer Electronics OY FINLAND Ansatie 6a FIN-01740 Vantaa Phone: +358 (0) 9 / 886 77 500 Fax: +358 (0) 9 / 886 77 555 e mail: [email protected] UTECO A.B.E.E. GREECE 5, Mavrogenous Str. GR-18542 Piraeus Phone: +302 (0) 10 / 42 10 050 Fax: +302 (0) 10 / 42 12 033 e mail: [email protected] Meltrade Automatika Kft. HUNGARY 55, Harmat St. HU-1105 Budapest Phone: +36 (0)1 / 2605 602 Fax: +36 (0)1 / 2605 602 e mail: [email protected] SIA POWEL LATVIA Lienes iela 28 LV-1009 Riga Phone: +371 784 / 22 80 Fax: +371 784 / 22 81 e mail: [email protected] UAB UTU POWEL LITHUANIA Savanoriu pr. 187 LT-2053 Vilnius Phone: +370 (0) 52323-101 Fax: +370 (0) 52322-980 e mail: [email protected] INTEHSIS SRL MOLDOVA Cuza-Voda 36/1-81 MD-2061 Chisinau Phone: +373 (0)2 / 562 263 Fax: +373 (0)2 / 562 263 e mail: [email protected] Getronics b.v. NETHERLANDS Control Systems Donauweg 2 B NL-1043 AJ Amsterdam Phone: +31 (0) 20 / 587 67 00 Fax: +31 (0) 20 / 587 68 39 e mail: [email protected] Beijer Electronics AS NORWAY Teglverksveien 1 N-3002 Drammen Phone: +47 (0) 32 / 24 30 00 Fax: +47 (0) 32 / 84 85 77 e mail: [email protected] MPL Technology Sp. z o.o. POLAND ul. Sliczna 36 PL-31-444 Kraków Phone: +48 (0) 12 / 632 28 85 Fax: +48 (0) 12 / 632 47 82 e mail: [email protected] Sirius Trading & Services srl ROMANIA Str. Biharia No. 67-77 RO-013981 Bucuresti 1 Phone: +40 (0) 21 / 201 1146 Fax: +40 (0) 21 / 201 1148 e mail: [email protected] INEA d.o.o. SLOVENIA Stegne 11 SI-1000 Ljubljana Phone: +386 (0) 1-513 8100 Fax: +386 (0) 1-513 8170 e mail: [email protected] Beijer Electronics AB SWEDEN Box 426 S-20124 Malmö Phone: +46 (0) 40 / 35 86 00 Fax: +46 (0) 40 / 35 86 02 e mail: [email protected] ECONOTEC AG SWITZERLAND Postfach 282 CH-8309 Nürensdorf Phone: +41 (0) 1 / 838 48 11 Fax: +41 (0) 1 / 838 48 12 e mail: [email protected] GTS TURKEY Darülaceze Cad. No. 43 Kat. 2 TR-80270 Okmeydani-Istanbul Phone: +90 (0) 212 / 320 1640 Fax: +90 (0) 212 / 320 1649 e mail: [email protected] CSC Automation Ltd. UKRAINE 15, M. Raskova St., Fl. 10, Office 1010 UA-02002 Kiev Phone: +380 (0) 44 / 238-83-16 Fax: +380 (0) 44 / 238-83-17 e mail: [email protected] Avtomatika Sever Ltd. RUSSIA Lva Tolstogo St. 7, Off. 311 RU-197376 St Petersburg Phone: +7 812 / 11 83 238 Fax: +7 812 / 11 83 239 e mail: [email protected] CONSYS RUSSIA Promyshlennaya St. 42 RU-198099 St Petersburg Phone: +7 812 / 325 36 53 Fax: +7 812 / 147 20 55 e mail: [email protected] Electrotechnical RUSSIA Systems Siberia Partizanskaya St. 27, Office 306 RU-121355 Moscow Phone: +7 095/ 416-4321 Fax: +7 095/ 416-4321 e mail: [email protected] Electrotechnical RUSSIA Systems Siberia Shetinkina St. 33, Office 116 RU-630088 Novosibirsk Phone: +7 3832 / 22-03-05 Fax: +7 3832 / 22-03-05 e mail: [email protected] Elektrostyle RUSSIA ul. Garschina 11 RU-140070 Moscow Phone: +7 095 / 514 9316 Fax: +7 095 / 514 9317 e mail: [email protected] Elektrostyle RUSSIA Krasnij Prospekt 220-1 Office No. 312 RU-630049 Novosibirsk Phone: +7 3832 / 10 66 18 Fax: +7 3832 / 10 66 26 e mail: [email protected] ICOS RUSSIA Industrial Computer Systems Zao Ryazanskij Prospekt 8a, Office 100 RU-109428 Moscow Phone: +7 095 / 232 - 0207 Fax: +7 095 / 232 - 0327 e mail: [email protected] NPP Uralelektra RUSSIA ul. Sverdlova 11a RU-620027 Ekaterinburg Phone: +7 34 32 / 53 27 45 Fax: +7 34 32 / 53 27 45 e mail: [email protected] SSMP Rosgidromontazh Ltd. RUSSIA 23, Lesoparkovaya Str. RU-344041 Rostov On Don Phone: +7 8632 / 36 00 22 Fax: +7 8632 / 36 00 26 e mail: — STC Drive Technique RUSSIA ul. Bajkalskaja 239, Office 2 - 23 RU-664075 Irkutsk Phone: +7 3952 / 24 38 16 Fax: +7 3952 / 23 02 98 e mail: [email protected] STC Drive Technique RUSSIA Poslannikov Per. 9, str.1 RU-107005 Moscow Phone: +7 095 / 790-72-10 Fax: +7 095 / 790-72-12 e mail: [email protected] MIDDLE EAST REPRESENTATIVE TEXEL Electronics Ltd. ISRAEL Box 6272 IL-42160 Netanya Phone: +972 (0) 9 / 863 08 91 Fax: +972 (0) 9 / 885 24 30 e mail: [email protected] MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC Gothaer Strasse 8 Phone: +49 2102 486-0 D-40880 Ratingen Hotline: +49 1805 000-765 AFRICAN REPRESENTATIVE CBI Ltd. SOUTH AFRICA Private Bag 2016 ZA-1600 Isando Phone: +27 (0) 11/ 928 2000 Fax: +27 (0) 11/ 392 2354 e mail: [email protected] INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION Fax: +49 2102 486-7170 www.mitsubishi-automation.de [email protected] www.mitsubishi-automation.com
